Chorus 2021 full year results & annual report
Chorus Limited
Level 10, 1 Willis Street
P O Box 632
Wellington
New Zealand
Email: company.secretary@chorus.co.nz
STOCK EXCHANGE ANNOUNCEMENT
23 August 2021
Chorus 2021 full year results, annual report & sustainability report
The following are attached in relation to Chorus’ FY21 full year results:
1.Media Release
2.Investor Presentation
3.Annual Report (including audited financial statements)
4.NZX Financial Results Announcement
5.NZX Distribution Notice
6.Sustainability Report
7.Letter to investors
Chief Executive Officer JB Rousselot, and Chief Financial Officer David Collins, will
discuss the FY21 full year results by webcast at 10.00am New Zealand time today. The
webcast will be available at www.chorus.co.nz/webcast.
Authorised by:
David Collins
Chief Financial Officer
ENDS
For further information:
Brett Jackson
Investor Relations Manager
Phone: +64 4 896 4039
Mobile: +64 (27) 488 7808
Email: brett.jackson@chorus.co.nz
Steve Pettigrew
Head of External Communications
Mobile: +64 (27) 258 6257
Email: steve.pettigrew@chorus.co.nz
---
23 August 2021
Strong operational performance delivers 120,000 new fibre connections
Chorus today released its audited annual results confirming earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) of $649m for the year ended 30 June 2021.
Summary
• UFB uptake 65 per cent; Chorus rollout is 95 per cent complete
• 871,000 active fibre connections (FY20: 751,000)
• Average monthly data usage for fibre customers 500GB (FY20: 436GB)
• EBITDA for the year $649m (FY20: $648m)
• Net profit after tax was $47m (FY20: $52m)
• Operating revenue for the period was $947m (FY20: $959m)
• Operating expenses were $298m (FY20: $311m)
• Capital expenditure $672m (FY20: $663m)
• Depreciation and amortisation for the period was $425m (FY20: $402m)
• Earnings before interest and tax of $224m (FY20: $246m)
• Fully imputed final dividend of 14.5 cents per share, total for FY21 of 25 cps
Chorus' focus in FY21 was to help customers capitalise on the gigabit head start the fibre network
has given New Zealand. Over the year, fibre uptake grew from 60 to 65 per cent, with 120,000 new
fibre connections across 100 or so broadband retailers. Demand for reliable, high-capacity
broadband was evident, with gigabit connections growing from 16 to 19 per cent of Chorus' fibre
connections.
The ongoing surge in demand for internet data reflects broadband's role as an essential utility. The
monthly average household data usage, over copper and fibre and including both downloads and
uploads, grew from 350GB to 432GB across the year. Fibre customers consumed even more,
averaging 500GB in June, up from 436GB the year before. The latest lockdown has seen
unprecedented levels of throughput and data over the network.
Despite COVID-19 disruptions during FY21, customer satisfaction increased from 8.1 to 8.2 for
installations and 7.3 to 7.5 for service to homes with an existing or 'intact' fibre socket.
Softer market conditions due to the ongoing effects of COVID-19 on broadband demand, together
with competition from other fibre and wireless networks, resulted in a $12 million drop in revenue
compared with FY20. However, continued tight management of costs and the absence of one-off
COVID-19 costs incurred in FY20 helped Chorus achieve its goal of a modest increase in EBITDA.
Speaking about the results, Chorus CEO JB Rousselot said: "Despite the softer market in the wake of
COVID-19, we continued our active wholesaler strategy and were pleased to grow total fibre
connections to 871,000. We are well on the way to our target of one million connections next year.
“Today, there are about 140,000 homes and businesses that could switch on a fibre service in a
matter of hours if they chose to, and another 280,000 with fibre at their gate.
"Our UFB2 rollout continues to track ahead of schedule. Fibre passed another 69,000 premises
during the year. From Whitianga, with more than 3,000 premises, to Fox Glacier, with just 100 or so;
smaller and smaller communities are now getting connected to fibre."
Competition from alternative technologies
New Zealand has superb digital infrastructure that offers options to consumers about how they
choose to access broadband.
“We’re delighted to see that the vast majority of customers choose to pick fibre when they migrate
off the copper network”, said Mr Rousselot.
"We're comfortable with competition, but we believe customers should be given all the information
about the characteristics of different broadband services and time to consider their options rather
than being told their service is changing and they have to make a quick decision.
"Chorus is a tireless supporter of the Commerce Commission's Measuring Broadband New Zealand
programme. The analysis helps customers understand what performance they can expect from the
various broadband technologies available in the market.
“As the surge in data demand during the latest COVID-19 lockdowns shows, peak time capacity and
performance is what really matters for consumers.
"We're also encouraged by recent Commerce Commission proposals to require retailers to provide
clearer product disclosure for consumers.
“We believe that New Zealanders should be able to make informed decisions based on facts and
unbiased equivalent data, rather than partial information and hype. Saying a service is fast doesn’t
cut it if the speed slows significantly at peak times or when you’ve reached a certain data limit.”
Regulatory environment
Significant steps remain in the Commerce Commission's process to finalise the new fibre regulatory
model between now and 1 January 2022.
Fibre consumers will benefit from ongoing investment if the Commission’s final determinations
provide for:
1. A smooth transition into the new regime that drives Chorus to add more connections at
higher speeds
2. Sufficient operational and capital expenditure to let us meet the demands of our customers
3. The ability to continue with our active wholesaler strategy
4. Recognition of the full cost of building our UFB network and a fair return on the public-
private partnership investment made to build the fibre network over the last decade.
This should be underpinned by retail regulation that provides stronger consumer protections and
better information about broadband technologies.
Two aspects of the recent draft price-quality decision that Chorus is concerned about are proposed
capital and operating expenditure cuts, and the obligation of an additional, complex approval
process for offering retailer incentives to promote fibre.
"We feel that the incentives we offer equally to all retailers to promote fibre should not be subject
to a drawn-out approval process. Retailers keen to promote fibre need early certainty around these
incentives to plan their offerings and their campaigns and further approval processes would
hinder this.
"In our submissions to the Commission, we continue to make the case that some of the draft
outcomes don't fairly recognise the investment made over many years by our investors.
"It's critical that the actual value of our participation in this partnership is recognised so we can keep
investing in developing the capability and reliability of fibre broadband for New Zealand,” said Mr
Rousselot.
Dividend
Chorus will pay a final dividend of 14.5 cents per share, fully imputed, on 12 October 2021, bringing
total dividends for FY21 to 25 cents per share.
FY22 guidance
FY22 guidance is subject to no material changes in regulatory or competitive outlook.
• EBITDA: $640 − $660 million
• Capital expenditure: $550 − $590 million
• FY22 initial dividend guidance of 26 cents per share
ENDS
Chorus Chief Executive, JB Rousselot, and Chief Financial Officer, David Collins will discuss the full-
year results from 10.00am today, NZ time, at www.chorus.co.nz/webcast
For further information:
Steve Pettigrew
External Communications Manager
m: +64 27 258 6257
e: steve.pettigrew@chorus.co.nz
Brett Jackson
Investor Relations Manager
m: +64 27 488 7808
e: brett.jackson@chorus.co.nz
---
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Updated as at 17 October 2019
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Chorus Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2020
Currency New Zealand Dollars
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$947,000 -1%
Total Revenue $947,000 -1%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$47,000 -10%
Total net profit/(loss) $47,000 -10%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.14500000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.05638889
Record Date 14 September 2021
Dividend Payment Date 12 October 2021
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$1.45 $1.39
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
This announcement should be read in conjunction with the
attached annual report, audited financial statements for the year
ended 30 June 2021 contained in that report, media release and
investor presentation.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
David Collins
Chief Financial Officer
Contact person for this
announcement
Brett Jackson
Investor Relations Manager
Contact phone number +64 4 896 4039
Contact email address Brett.Jackson@chorus.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
23/08/2021
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Updated as at 18 December 2019
Please note: all cash amounts in this form should be provided to 8 decimal places
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Chorus Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary shares
NZX ticker code CNU
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZCNUE0001S2
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 14/09/2021
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
13/09/2021
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
12/10/2021
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$64,818,608
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Retained earnings
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$0.20138889
Gross taxable amount
3
$0.20138889
Total cash distribution
4
$0.14500000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
$0.00000000
Supplementary distribution amount $0.02558824
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed
Partial imputation
No imputation
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
100%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.05638889
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.01006944
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
13/09/2021 17/09/2021
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
21/09/2021
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New Issue
DRP strike price per financial product
$unknown
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
15/09/2021
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
David Collins
Chief Financial Officer
Contact person for this
announcement
Brett Jackson
Investor Relations Manager
Contact phone number
+64 27 488 7808
+64 4 896 4039
Contact email address Brett.Jackson@chorus.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
23/08/2021
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
---
Sustainability
Report 2021
This is Chorus’ first sustainability report,
reflecting our ambition and commitment to
support New Zealand in its transition to be
more sustainable.
Make
New Zealand
Better
Section Heading2Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Table of contents
Please consider the environment before printing this document. This report has not been independently verified.
Section Heading3Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Welcome from JB Rousselot
For the last decade we’ve been building our
fibre network, investing in critical infrastructure
and unleashing the digital potential for
New Zealand communities and businesses.
International research shows that the
wider adoption and development of digital
services in areas such as transportation,
energy, computing, construction, building
management, health, and education could
reduce carbon emissions globally by almost
a fifth. However, with more technology
adoption comes increased data needs and a
greater responsibility to create a sustainable
digital future.
We’ve already seen New Zealanders' appetite
for data grow rapidly in the last decade.
The COVID-19 pandemic has also accelerated
digital adoption, as more people discovered
how they could work, learn and connect online
from their home. We believe our fibre network
is not only reliable and future proofed in terms
of speed and data capacity, but also a low
emission technology.
COVID-19 also highlighted the digital divide,
and the challenges of those who don’t have
the access or skills to thrive in a digital world.
To combat digital inequality our goal is to
strengthen the digital capability of individuals,
communities and businesses.
At the heart of our sustainability approach
is our purpose, to make New Zealand better,
and we'll do this by championing digital futures,
supporting the wider environment and helping
people thrive. The next decade for Chorus will
be one of action, working together with the
industry, government and other organisations to
tackle climate change, commit to a sustainable
future and ensure in a digital era no one gets
left behind.
JB Rousselot
Chief Executive
The New Zealand Government’s commitment to global climate
change action and its target to be a carbon zero nation by 2050
will require change on a big scale. We believe our fibre broadband
network has an important part to play.
A decade of action
Make New Zealand Better4Chorus Sustainability Report 2021
Make New Zealand Better
Making New Zealand better means Chorus will
innovate and invest to deliver the best possible
services for New Zealanders empowering
the environmental, economic and societal
transformations ahead of us.
5Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Validating Our Approach
Validating our
sustainability approach
with stakeholders
The end of 2020 saw us run internal
workshops and materiality assessments
with external stakeholders to validate
our sustainability approach.
Material topics were developed during the first stage of
our workshops, as participants were asked to consider
how Chorus creates value and how Chorus could
contribute to a flourishing and sustainable future,
one that benefited customers, investors, community,
employees and the earth.
These ideas were crafted into concise material topics,
that were mapped to the New Zealand Treasury’s
Living Standards Framework, the Future-Fit Business
Benchmark, and the Sustainable Development Goals
as validation. The topics were further confirmed and
refined with the internal sustainability group to reach
a final draft state.
We asked stakeholders to rank this list of material
topics in terms of Chorus’ ability to create value
(see next page for rankings).
Section Heading6Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Materiality Assessment
Ethical business practices; diverse and inclusive workplace; health, safety and wellbeing were lower on the
priority list due to stakeholders generally feeling these are fundamental topics that must be done.
It’s important that Chorus continues to focus on these areas.
ETHICAL
BUSINESS
PRACTICE
DIVERSE &
INCLUSIVE
WORKPLACE
H E A LT H &
SAFETY
WELLBEING
Working with others on
digital inclusion is the
dominant way Chorus
can contribute positively
to a sustainable and value
creating society.
Chorus can contribute value by having a resilient and
reliable network that enables the digital economy.
However digital literacy is equally important for society
and Chorus should have a role in not only providing the
network but helping people know how to use it.
DIGITAL
INCLUSION
DIGITAL
LITERACY
NETWORK
RELIABILITY
Chorus should know its own environmental impact and
take steps to reduce any harm. Chorus also has a role to
champion a work from home culture and
distributed workforce.
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT
SMART
COMMUNITIES
& ECONOMY
Materiality
assessment
Section Heading7Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Our Sustainability Strategy
Our refreshed
Sustainability Strategy
CHAMPION
DIGITAL FUTURES
TOA HANGARAU
T H R I V I N G
ENVIRONMENT
TE TAIAO PUAWAI
THRIVING
PEOPLE
NGA IWI
WHAI HUA
THE CHALLENGES AND
OUR COMMITMENT TO HELP
ASPIRATIONAL
GOALS
UN SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT GOALS
Natural resources are being used up faster than they can
regenerate, and vital environmental systems are being degraded
faster than they can recover. This threatens our standard of living
and the wellbeing of future generations.
WE WILL WORK TO REDUCE CARBON EMISSIONS AND WASTE
TO LANDFILL ACROSS THE CHORUS ECOSYSTEM.
Accelerate our journey
towards carbon neutral
across the Chorus
ecosystem.
A digital world offers opportunity for New Zealand.
However inequality may increase if the infrastructure is built
without strengthening the digital capability of individuals,
communities and businesses.
WE WILL PARTNER WITH OTHERS TO HELP CLOSE THE
DIGITAL DIVIDE AND STRENGTHEN DIGITAL CAPABILITY.
Help more Kiwis participate
in a positive digital life; using
the greenest, fastest, most
reliable broadband.
We are the digital connection backbone for New Zealand,
operating in an industry with constant changes.
We also partner with strategic suppliers who deliver our services
on the ground.
WE WILL CHAMPION SAFE, FAIR AND INCLUSIVE WORKPLACES
ACROSS NEW ZEALAND SO MORE PEOPLE CAN LEAD
FULFILLING AND BALANCED LIVES.
Known leaders in:
• Health & Safety
• Diversity & Inclusion
• Worker Welfare
• Wellbeing & Flexible
working.
8Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021UN Sustainable Development Goals
Our contribution
to the United Nations
Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs)
The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted by all
United Nations Member States in 2015, provides a shared blueprint
for peace and prosperity for people and the planet, now and into
the future.
Chorus contributes to most of the SDGs in four key ways:
1
2
3
4
By the investment made in our
fibre infrastructure.
By responsibly operating our business.
Through our focus on people
and environment.
Through our social responsibility
activities and community involvement.
9Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Sustainability Governance
Sustainability
governance
Our sustainability strategy has been
adopted by our executive leadership team
with endorsement from the Chorus Board.
Our newest director, Kate Jorgensen, has previously
been a member of the Sustainable Business Council
Advisory Board.
The three sustainability pillars have been integrated into
our company strategy (see purpose below and Chorus
strategy on page 10).
They are supported at an organisational level by our
Sustainability Council, with representation drawn
from across a range of business areas. The Council
collectively promotes our sustainability strategy, leads
and contributes to programmes of work that support
our targets and helps identify new opportunities, such as
initiatives to reduce our emissions and waste.
Working together
We continue to work with a wide range of groups and
organisations. In FY21, this has included:
Industry and government organisation memberships:
TUANZ, the Telecommunications Forum (TCF), Local
Government New Zealand, Hugo Group and BusinessNZ.
Other memberships:
Sustainable Business Council, Corporate Taxpayers
Group, NZ Shareholders Association, Chartered
Accountants Australia, Electrical Engineers Association,
Global Listed Infrastructure Organisation, Property
Council of New Zealand and Mentemia.
Sponsorships/partnerships:
• Dignity (Women’s Health)
• Take a Breath (Mental Health)
• Innovative Young Minds
• Rainbow Excellence Awards
• Big Gay Out Auckland
• Auckland and Wellington Pride Parades
• NZ TechWeek
• Tech21 to help inspire young people to consider
a tech career.
• BusinessDesk and The AM Show partnerships
• NZ Community Boards Conference
• Local Government NZ Conference
Typ e A m ount
Memberships $396,000
Sponsorships / partnerships $478,000
Chorus does not make political donations.
Responsibility for implementation of the sustainability
strategy sits across our Executive with coordination of the
strategy and programmes of work managed by our Head
of Sustainability, reporting to our Chief Corporate Officer
and General Counsel.
10Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Sustainability Governance
Our Chorus strategy
To recognise our commitment to sustainability, the
Executive team has put our three new sustainability
pillars at the core of our corporate strategy;
11Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Sustainability Governance
Our network infrastructure
A 2017 study
1
estimated the wider social benefits from fibre
uptake at about NZ$2 billion annually, in addition to a
$3 billion annual contribution to GDP from business uptake.
We’re a wholesale only, fixed line
telecommunications network operator.
73% of our broadband connections are fibre, enabling rapid
growth in broadband speeds and data demand.
8Gbps Hyperfibre speeds just launched.
We have about 820 permanent and fixed term employees
and 140 independent contractors for our core operations.
Several thousand service company workers and
subcontractors undertake activity on our behalf.
Gigabit broadband and our fibre backhaul is underpinning the
development of sustainable communities through connections
to devices and other network connectivity.
Our network infrastructure enables ~100 retail service
providers to connect homes and businesses nationwide.
~600 exchanges~12,000 cabinets~300,000 poles
~65,000km duct network~57,000km fibre (excluding service leads)
~130,000km of copper
1. Sapere Research Group: Estimating the wider socio-economic impacts of
Ultra Fast Broadband for New Zealand, August 2017.
Make New Zealand Better12Sustainability Governance
Infrastructure is at the heart of the
delivery of economic, environmental and
social sustainability. It’s also at the heart
of what we do.
We’re New Zealand’s largest telecommunications
infrastructure operator. Our operations include
building, maintaining, and operating an open access
telecommunications and internet network predominantly
made up of local telephone exchanges, cabinets, and
copper and fibre cables.
We’ve invested billions of dollars in substantial upgrades
of New Zealand’s communications infrastructure since
we became a standalone company in 2011.
Our rollout of fibre optic cable to homes, businesses,
schools and hospitals began a decade ago as part of a
public-private partnership with government. Fibre will
cover about 1.36 million physical addresses by the end of
2022. The ultra-fast, high capacity and reliable broadband
enabled by fibre means New Zealand is one of just a few
countries already well on the way to becoming a gigabit
society. With the fibre network already covering larger
towns and cities, the last phase of the rollout is extending
fibre to hundreds of smaller communities, some with as
few as 50 premises.
We’re continually upgrading parts of our network as
technology evolves and changes in local demand enable
new investment. We’re awaiting confirmation of the
incentive settings under our new regulatory regime
to determine how we might continue to help bridge
the digital divide for smaller communities yet to be
connected to fibre.
Network investment milestones
2012 Completed ADSL2+ fibre to the cabinet
upgrade, reaching 80% of population
2016 Finished the Rural Broadband Initiative, a
partnership with the Government to connect
fibre to rural schools, hospitals and Vodafone
towers. It also enabled expansion of our fibre
to the cabinet and VDSL footprint.
2018 VDSL vectoring upgrade completed for tens of
thousands of homes across selected rural and
urban areas. Received the Broadband
Delivering Social Impact award at the
Broadband World Forum.
2019 Completed UFB1 rollout underway since 2011
as part of our public-private partnership with
the Government. This made fibre available to
about one million homes and businesses across
28 major towns and cities.
2020 Removed first generation copper broadband
equipment in rural areas with VDSL extended to
160 nodes via 70km of fibre. Fibre extended to
provincial marae as part of the Government's
development project.
2022 UFB2 rollout due to be completed, extending
fibre to 360,000 homes and businesses
in smaller communities.
13Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Sustainability Governance
The Board has a regular programme of
education sessions covering a range of topical
matters, both technical and cultural.
This includes health and safety site visits, as well as
briefings from key management, industry experts and
advisers. Educational and stakeholder visits are also
arranged. Past education session topics have included
technology developments, the future of work and social
license.
Our key corporate governance documents, including our
Managing Risk policy, are available at www.chorus.co.nz/
governance. More information about our approach to
risk is also available in the Governance section of our
Annual Report.
Risk management
Board oversight and monitoring of Chorus
responses to principal risk, involving climate
change is through the Audit and Risk
Management Committee (ARMC).
The ARMC reviews regular reporting from the executive
team on principal risks. Our risk management framework
covers financial and non-financial risks including:
Regulatory risks and broader
societal expectations
Working within the regulatory and legal
environment, and societal expectations.
Capital management
Working within appropriate capital
management settings.
Operational risks
Network and IT quality, availability and resilience;
delivering effective and quality outcomes
(including with service partners); labour market
risks; climate change risks.
Customer/market risks
Customer service and experience;
revenue growth and market changes.
People and culture
Health and safety; engagement; capability;
talent and change management.
14Chorus Sustainability Report 2021Make New Zealand BetterSustainability Governance
Extensive flooding on the Canterbury plains in June 2021 resulted
in damage to a regional fibre optic route after a bridge washout.
A current project to extend the core fibre network along the
West Coast of the South Island, made possible by government funding,
will help establish network route diversity for part of the lower South Island.
Flood protection work has been undertaken at our
South Dunedin exchange.
Network reliability
New Zealanders place great reliance upon the availability
of our network both as a utility service for their daily lives
and businesses, as well as a critical lifeline service in times
of emergency.
A large part of our everyday work is focussed on keeping
communities connected by providing a stable and
reliable network. We’re recognised by the Government
as a lifeline utility provider and our employees and
service company technicians often go the extra mile to
keep communities connected when extreme weather or
natural disasters occur.
The substantial investment we’ve made in deploying fibre
to the premises has increased our network’s reliability
and its resilience to emerging climate-related risks. Fibre
is less susceptible to water and lightning-related faults
than the cables and street-based electronic equipment in
the copper network. This has been demonstrated by low
fibre fault volumes in extreme weather events, including
tornadoes and flooding.
Network interruptions were within our nationwide
targeted service levels in FY21. New quality standards will
be set by the Commerce Commission as part of the new
regulatory framework from 2022.
Our network teams monitor network fault performance
through significant weather events to identify potential
network architecture or route improvements. They also
evaluate climate change data produced by local councils
as part of their ongoing network planning activity.
Average duration of network interruptions FY19 FY20 FY21
Fibre and copper network combined
average time to restore
18 hours 23 hours 23 hours
Layer 1 fibre average downtime per annum
(target of < 120 minutes)
50 minutes 40 minutes 38 minutes
Layer 2 fibre average downtime per annum
(target of < 30 minutes)
1 minute 1 minute 3 minutes
Flooding risk has been evaluated across our critical
exchange sites. In 2019 we commissioned an assessment
of sea-level rise risk across our exchanges and core
fibre routes, which suggests limited potential impacts
on our network assets, from sea-level rise over a long
time frame.
Earthquakes remain a primary focus for our network
resiliency planning. Network damage from past
earthquakes has tended to be limited to localised copper
cables, with minimal damage to exchange buildings.
We have a comprehensive insurance programme typical
of large scale infrastructure utilities, covering all risks of
physical damage and business interruption for above
ground assets. Specific cover is provided for earthquake
damage to underground cables in Auckland, Hamilton,
Wellington and Dunedin. We undertake probability
based loss estimate modelling to ensure that the policy
limit covering material damage and business interruption
is adequate.
15Chorus Sustainability Report 2021Make New Zealand BetterSustainability Governance
Before the start of fibre deployment in communities, residents are
invited to discuss the fibre rollout and the benefits of fibre broadband at
community events. These events help address any community concerns
and promote fibre uptake.
Stakeholder engagement
The rollout of our fibre network has entailed an extensive
programme of stakeholder engagement at all levels of
government for the last decade.
We engage closely with Crown Infrastructure Partners as
the contract manager for our public-private partnership.
Before the start of fibre deployment in communities we
brief and work with local councils on our rollout plans.
In addition to our customer experience surveys, we
monitor public perception of Chorus through broader
national surveys. We also conduct a survey every three
years, of a diverse group of stakeholders to gauge
perceptions of our reputation. The latest survey in June
2021 saw Chorus receive a 7.8 out of 10 for reputation.
Our investor relations programme facilitates two-
way communication with investors and other market
participants about our business, governance and
performance. This is a valuable source of feedback.
Our annual and half year results presentations are
made available to all investors via webcast.
16Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021
Te taiao puāwai
Thriving environment
We're working to reduce emissions
and waste to landfill.
Thriving Environment
17Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving Environment
Our commitmentOur targets
Implement and maintain an emissions data
and reporting system.
1
80% reduction of scope 1 & 2 emissions by 2030.
1
Identify and innovate to create a sustainable value chain;
reduce waste, energy, and emissions.
2
Accelerate our journey to carbon neutral: Over the next year
we're focusing on reviewing our scope 3 emissions to enable
us to put forward a new science-based target.
2
Seek third party verifications on our science-based
emissions reduction target.
3
Engage with iwi, hapū and rūnanga organisations,
particularly where build work is scheduled to take place in
culturally sensitive landscapes to ensure cultural impacts are
appropriately mitigated where possible.
4
Ensure all physical and operational works comply with the
National Environmental Standards for Telecommunications
Facilities, the Health & Safety At Work Act NZ, the Resource
Management Act and other relevant local and central
government legislation.
5
Take practical steps to avoid environmental breaches and
report on any breaches.
6
Identify the risks associated with climate change, evaluate,
and monitor the risks and if necessary, take action to control,
reduce or eliminate them.
7
Impact in the last 12 months
26% decrease
in waste to
landfill across our
corporate sites.
Climate Disclosure
Project (CDP) rating
B achieved (out of
A-E range).
New emission tracking
and reporting system
being implemented
in FY22.
Air travel reduced
80% across last
two years.
296 tonnes of
network equipment
diverted from landfill
- reused or recycled.
Electricity consumption
down 5%, despite data
usage increasing by 23%.
18Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving Environment
Enabling a sustainable
digital future
Low emission technology
Fibre networks are recognised as the most climate-
friendly digital infrastructure because they transmit
data via light over large distances. This means fibre
optical equipment doesn’t require cooling or powered
equipment in suburban streets. We expect to reduce our
electricity consumption by between 30 and 40 percent in
future years as the copper network is gradually shut down
in areas where fibre is available.
Research commissioned by the German Environment
Agency suggests HD video streaming over fibre produces
half of the carbon emitted per hour than VDSL on copper
cable would, while carbon emissions for 5G technology
were even higher than VDSL.
1
1. https://www.umweltbundesamt.de/en/press/pressinformation/video-
streaming-data-transmission-technology
Supporting emission reductions for
New Zealand
Our network also enables New Zealanders to undertake
activity in ways that reduces their own impact on the
environment. COVID-19 has accelerated the widespread
adoption of flexible work options and video conferencing.
The 2021 Lifestyle survey reported that 41% of New
Zealanders are now working from home in some capacity
during the week.
The Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority
estimated if one in five New Zealanders opted to work
from home once a week, it would prevent 84 kilotonnes
(the equivalent of taking 35,000 cars off the road) of
carbon dioxide entering the atmosphere annually.
Swapping business flights between Auckland and
Wellington for an online meeting could reduce transport
emissions by another 65 kilotonnes.
The benefits of fibre broadband are already evident
from the reductions we’ve seen in network electricity
usage despite significant growth in data usage across
our network.
Fibre networks are estimated to use 12 times less energy than copper networks.
Figure 1:
Network equipment power usage by network type
0
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
2011
2007
2015
2016
2009
2008
2014
2012
2013
2017
2010
2018
2020
2019
ADSLVDSLGPONSouce: Nokia
Watts per subscriber
70,000
75,000
80,000
85,000
90,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
6,000
FY21
Fibre data usage (PB)Copper data usage (PB)
FY19FY20
FY18
Electricity usage (MWh)
Figure 2:
Data vs Network Electricity Usage FY18 – FY21
MWh
Petabyte
19Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving Environment
Reducing our
emissions
We’ve been reporting our carbon
emissions data to the Climate Disclosure
Project (CDP) since 2012 and achieved a
B rating for 2020 (scores range from A-E)
confirmed in March 2021.
We have a target of reducing our Scope 1 and 2 emissions
80% by 2030, from our FY12 base year. This target reflects
the expected greening of New Zealand’s electricity
network and the benefits of our investment in fibre optic
broadband.
Our footprint: In total, we’ve avoided a net cumulative 84
kilotonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions (CO2e)
since FY12, including Scope 3 emissions.
Our FY21 emissions were 23 kilotonnes-CO2e, 33% lower
than in FY12, however an 18% annual increase from FY20.
Scope 1 direct emissions have remained steady for FY21 at
1 kilotonne due to lower generator diesel and
company vehicle fuel consumption, along with fewer
refrigerant losses.
Scope 2 electricity emissions for FY21 were 12 kilotonnes,
a 2.9 kilotonnes increase compared to last year. However
our electricity consumption has reduced by 5% compared
to last year, despite monthly average data usage on the
Chorus network rising by 23% (352GB monthly average in
June 2020 compared to 432GB monthly average in June
2021). This increase in electricity emissions is due to the
carbon intensity of the national grid increasing rapidly
year on year due to a period of low rainfall in hydroelectric
generator catchments.
Reported Scope 3 value chain emissions for FY21 were
10 kilotonnes and have reduced by 38% since FY12.
This has been driven mainly by reductions in our field
service vehicle fleet, excluding subcontractors.
Carbon offsetting and renewable energy
We use solar and wind power on 117 remote network
sites where mains power isn’t available. For network sites
supporting large numbers of customers, we use mains
power to ensure reliability of service and we rely on
standby batteries and diesel generators for backup power.
Chorus has not yet adopted a carbon offsetting
programme. Our focus is on identifying our wider Scope
3 emissions, finding opportunities to reduce all emissions,
and investing in the ongoing rollout of fibre. The migration
of customers to fibre means we’re able to remove less
power efficient equipment from the network, reducing our
overall emissions.
New Zealand has typically met around 80% of its annual
electricity needs from renewable sources, subject to
hydrological conditions. This is expected to increase in
future years with ongoing investment in de carbonisation
of the electricity grid. The Climate Change Commission
has recently recommended a target of 95% to 98%
renewable electricity generation by 2030.
Figure 3:
Scope 1 and 2 Emissions
0
10
5
15
Kilotonnes CO
2
e
Electricity
Diesel generators
Refrigerant
Company vehicles
Natural gas
FY12FY13FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
With video conferencing and less travel due to COVID-19
we’ve driven our travel emissions down by 76% from
base year levels.
We are expecting that our reported Scope 3 emissions
will increase as a result of our Scope 3 review that is being
undertaken in the coming year.
We continue to invest in ways to make our network more
energy efficient, including updating our equipment in
exchanges. As we migrate more customers from copper to
fibre, we expect our electricity consumption to continue
to reduce. The lower fault rate on the new fibre network
means vehicle related Scope 3 emissions will also continue
to reduce over time.
FY19FY20FY21
Direct emissionsScope 11,1661,035992
Electricity emissionsScope 29,0939,343 12,247
Value chain emissionsScope 3*11,6919,221 9,807
Electrical usage
(total MWh)
83,47481,8777 7, 2 5 0
% renewable**83.20%82.20%79.90%
Figure 4:
Carbon emissions (tonnes CO2e) and electricity usage
* Scope 3 emissions measured are business travel (air, taxi, rental car and fuel
reimbursement); service company fleet (excluding technicians); diesel production;
electricity used by others in co-locations
** based on an average of three quarters where emissions factors have been reported.
We’ve restated emissions for prior years where revised emission factors and activity
levels have been available. Therefore emissions will vary from those previously reported.
20Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving Environment
Respecting our land
Our environmental commitments
For FY22 and beyond we’re implementing a system
for carbon emissions data and reporting. We'll continue
to create a sustainable value chain; reduce waste and
emissions. We will also seek third party verification on
our science-based emissions reduction target.
As the owner of about 600 exchange sites and
an extensive fixed line network throughout urban
and rural New Zealand, we take practical steps to
avoid environmental breaches and report on any
potential breaches.
We recorded an incident where diesel spilled at one
of our exchanges when a tank filling system failed.
We immediately responded to the incident, alerted the
local authority and we've fully remediated the site.
We have about 70 network sites located on Department
of Conservation land. These sites are typically transmitter
links on hilltops or mountains. Some of these remote sites
are being retired as our network needs evolve and will be
removed or passed onto new owners. The scale of the
ultra-fast broadband rollout has entailed working closely
with a multitude of councils throughout New Zealand
to coordinate the deployment of new underground and
aerial network.
We engage with numerous local Māori organisations
and Heritage New Zealand to ensure cultural impacts are
mitigated, particularly where we are building network in
culturally sensitive areas.
Our environmental framework requires that we and
our suppliers ensure our physical and operational work
complies with all relevant local and central government
legislation including:
• the National Environmental Standards for
Telecommunications Facilities
• the Health & Safety at Work Act NZ
• the Resource Management Act
We have controls in place to identify risks associated with
climate change mitigation and adaptation, evaluate, and
monitor the risks and if necessary, take action to reduce
or eliminate them.
WE ENGAGE WITH
LOCAL MĀORI
ORGANISATIONS TO
ENSURE CULTURAL
I M PA C T S A R E
MITIGATED
21Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving Environment
A patu muka (flax pounder) unearthed by our UFB contractors
in Tairua. The patu muka was used to soften flax fibre (muka) in
preparation for weaving.
Archaeologists and local mana whenua representatives meet with our
service partners and contractors to provide archaeological and cultural
inductions. This is in part to make sure we meet our obligations under the
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act.
Throughout the course of our UFB
rollout, we've engaged with iwi, hapū
and rūnanga organisations.
To date we've obtained around 100 authorisations to
work in areas identified as having archaeological features
and sites of significance.
We've also worked with archaeologists and local mana
whenua representatives to record archaeological
features as they are unearthed during excavations to
install our network.
Archaeological features discovered so far have included
the remnants of pre-European Māori settlement, such as
toki (adzes), whao (chisels), hangi stones and moa bones,
as well as the remnants of a whaling station.
A WHAKANŌA
CEREMONY IS OFTEN
CARRIED OUT BEFORE
CHORUS CONTRACTORS
START EARTHWORKS.
22Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving Environment
Reducing our waste
to landfill
We have a strong focus on waste minimisation
and continually explore opportunities to reuse
or recycle waste generated by our network-
related activity, including partnering with
our suppliers to reduce our waste footprint
through innovation.
Since the ultra fast broadband rollout began in 2011, we've
worked with our partners to collect plastic duct offcuts so
they can be recycled, and the plastic granulate can be used
in the production of new ducting. Over the last five years
we've diverted over 800 tonnes of potential waste from
landfill, including 85 tonnes this year.
We’ve worked with our local duct manufacturer on the types
of plastic used in ducting to change from two different types
of plastic to one type of plastic, which will make processing
of the duct offcuts more efficient as it's rolled out across
different duct products.
Leveraging the relationships we have with our material
suppliers, we’ve collaborated on ways to reduce the use
of soft plastics, starting with the removal of five metres of
soft plastic that was being used on microduct drums (see
pictures to the right).
We’ve also worked together to replace polystyrene reels,
used for smaller fibre cables being installed into premises,
with cardboard alternatives. Plastic packaging for customer
premises equipment has also been reduced.
Where possible, we reuse the wooden and metal drums the
fibre optic cable is delivered on and are working
with our supplier to trial reusable plastic drums for
microduct cabling.
Waste type Disposal method*FY21 (Tonnes) FY20 (Tonnes)
Duct (plastic)Recycled85195
Redundant network (metal) Recycled187 37
BatteriesRecycled10 24
E-wasteRecycled144
Fibre cableLandfill8293
Our largest source of waste to landfill is fibre cable, cable
offcuts can’t be reused if they are below a certain length.
The amount of fibre cable waste is reducing significantly
as the UFB rollout comes towards an end. Our fibre cable
supplier is currently researching a technique to recycle
fibre cable.
Our goal is to recycle all redundant electronic equipment
and copper cable where they can be economically
recovered. Network recycling volumes are expected to
increase as we continue to migrate customers to the fibre
network and copper equipment is gradually retired. Over
the last year we have recycled 14 tonnes of e-waste and
10 tonnes of network batteries.
We expect to set ongoing waste targets once the fibre
rollout programme is complete and normal operational
levels are established. General waste disposal by our
service companies and their subcontractors isn’t
currently tracked.
We operate an in-office recycling and organic waste
collection programme across our four corporate office
sites. In FY21 we started recording waste volumes and
reinvigorated our recycling programme which has
seen a 26% decrease in waste to landfill and a 488%
increase in recycling across our four corporate sites.
Water
We have limited data for water usage as water is part of
the fixed body corporate costs that we pay for our office
space and few exchanges that use water for cooling.
* Where we are able to recycle, 100% of waste type is recycled.
23Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Champion Digital Futures
Toa hangarau
Champion Digital Futures
We're committed to working with others
to strengthen the digital capability in
New Zealand and combat digital inequality.
Section Heading24Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Champion Digital Futures
Our commitment
Our targets
Continue to collaborate with others who are
working towards digital equity in New Zealand.
1
50 Shine the Light events to strengthen digital
knowledge for FY22.
1
Help build awareness of digital skills support
available for our local communities.
2
20,000+ students, adults and business owners helped
with digital access skills training, and devices in FY21-FY22.
2
Support organisations who are focussed on digital
inclusion and skills.
3
Continue to connect New Zealand towns and
communities to fibre.
4
Challenge Accepted
series on YouTube to
inspire and motivate
people to have a
digital future.
Part of the Digital
Boost Alliance
and Digital Equity
Coalition Aotearoa.
Collaboration with
Digital Journeys,
SeniorNet and
Broadband
Compare.
100 cabinet art
murals complete,
eight Rainbow
themed.
233 community
volunteer days taken
by employees.
$250,000
to support
organisations
focussed on digital
capability and
inclusion.
12,000 student
homes connected
through retailers
delivering
broadband services,
using free wholesale
connections from
Chorus, other NZ
wholesale providers
and the Ministry of
Education.
47 Shine the
Light community
events nationwide
to educate on
broadband options,
how to connect
to fibre and local
digital skills support
available.
Impact in the last 12 months
25Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Champion Digital Futures
Digital equity
and inclusion
Education
Education and a commitment to digital equity have
always been a major focus of our work. Schools were
priority customers to be connected to fibre in our urban
and rural rollouts. In recent years we’ve worked with
government organisations to explore ways our network
technology could bridge the digital divide between those
students who have broadband at home and those who
don’t. This has included trials using Wi-Fi access points
to enable students without home broadband to log in to
their local school network from home.
Ministry of Education COVID-19 support for students
When COVID-19 forced the shutdown of schools across
New Zealand, our broadband network underpinned a
rapid transformation in education practices, as schooling
shifted online. However, we were concerned about the
effect an extended lockdown could have on the digital
divide within school communities. We offered to switch
our existing intact connections on for homes identified
by the Ministry of Education as requiring broadband for
essential learning. Since April 2020, the initiative has
helped connect over 12,000 student homes through
retailers delivering broadband services, using free
wholesale connections from Chorus, other New Zealand
wholesale providers and the Ministry of Education.
We’ll continue to work together to offer free wholesale
connections for retailers until December 2021. We will
continue to work with the Government and others to
find long-lasting solutions towards digital equity.
Digital skills and inclusion donations
In FY21 we donated $250,000 to charities and
organisations focussed on digital inclusion. Our
donations included Alexa Echo Dot speakers for Blind
Low Vision New Zealand clients and devices to support
Digital Skills courses for seniors and families through
Age Concern NZ and Digital Inclusion Alliance Aotearoa.
We've also supported Kiwrious, who provide science
sensors and an online collaboration platform for low
decile schools to encourage Science, Technology,
Engineering and Maths (STEM) learning and we've
also funded research to look at whether Clearhead,
a mental health app and chatbot, could help within the
Māori community.
In June 2021, along with the Discovery team, we created
an online content series called Challenge Accepted,
to actively demonstrate how anyone can overcome
challenges relating to technology, and do more online.
For small business digital skills support, we partnered
with Digital Journeys, a social enterprise to create free
online resources. These included articles, step-by-step
instructions, tips and videos to help small business
owners understand technology and digital services.
The aim of our Challenge Accepted series
is to tackle broadband and technology fears.
26Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Champion Digital Futures
Community
engagement
Shine the Light events
Running face to face events in our communities has
been an important part of our fibre build plan. These are
important in building relationships with local councils and
business groups, as well as addressing any community
concerns. In 2020 we introduced Shine the Light events,
in communities where we had completed the fibre
build but uptake was slow. These events continue to be
key in building community goodwill, identifying digital
skills needs and understanding the barriers people
have to connecting. For FY21 we’ve run 47 Shine the
Light events nationwide, and in just a few years we've
reached thousands of individuals. For FY22 we’ll focus
on expanding these events to focus on motivation,
connection and strengthening digital skills, partnering
with SeniorNet and Broadband Compare.
Community cabinet art
Our cabinet art programme has been running since
2010, and each year we complete around 100 murals.
Working with local councils, we commission local artists
to illustrate our street cabinets which helps combat
tagging and graffiti vandalism. For the past few years,
we’ve dedicated some of our funding to create rainbow
murals, that celebrate diversity and inclusiveness in
our communities. For FY21 we’ve added eight Rainbow
murals to our collection.
Volunteer days
Employees are given a workday each year to volunteer
and support local community groups. From spending
the day with the Department of Conservation to help
our environment thrive to spending time with charities,
our people are empowered to give their time to causes
that matter to them. About 2,900 volunteer days have
been used since the programme started in FY13 and 233
people used their volunteer day in FY21.
Contribution type Amount
Cash contributions / donations$252,000
Time (employee volunteering) $98,000
Inkind giving$4.55 million
Monetary value of our FY21 community and charitable
contributions to New Zealand
Murals on our cabinets to help combat
graffiti vandalism.
Make New Zealand Better27Chorus Sustainability Report 2021Champion Digital Futures
Cybersecurity
and privacy
For the information we do hold, we adhere
to the requirements of the New Zealand
Privacy Act.
The Telecommunications Information Privacy Code
(2020) also stipulates that we must not collect
telecommunications information except in limited
exceptional circumstances.
We have a robust privacy framework that is managed
within our wider risk management framework.
Our Privacy Officer is responsible for implementing our
privacy framework, promoting awareness of privacy
matters, monitoring matters on a day-to-day basis,
and escalating matters as required to our Executive.
Our systems, processes and training are compliant with
the Privacy Act 2020.
The Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC)
receives comprehensive cybersecurity reports every
six months, with interim updates as required, which
are then reported back to the Board. We have detailed
policies, processes, and registers to ensure cybersecurity
is addressed through technology selection, network
delivery practices, and ongoing operations and
protection of our IT systems. We also have insurances for
key cybersecurity risks.
Our practices have continued to evolve with the post-
COVID-19 shift to more flexible working. Our Principal
Security Officer monitors our performance, including
testing our security incident responses and liaising with
New Zealand’s National Cyber Security Centre on
advanced cyber threats.
We undertake regular reviews, including external
audits and ad-hoc reviews, to provide assurance and
feedback on our assessments and controls. Recent
cyber-attacks against New Zealand businesses and
overseas asset owners have informed our approach.
Annual training is provided to anyone accessing our
information systems to raise awareness of information
security issues such as phishing and malware.
We recorded no material cybersecurity incidents or
privacy complaints from regulatory bodies in FY21.
AS A WHOLESALE NETWORK
OPERATOR, RATHER THAN
A RETAILER, WE DON’T BILL
CONSUMERS DIRECTLY
FOR BROADBAND OR
PHONE SERVICES.
THIS MEANS WE HOLD
VERY LIMITED CONSUMER
INFORMATION.
28Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Nga iwi whai hua
Thriving people
Champions of safe, fair
and inclusive workplaces.
29Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Our commitment
Our targets
Prioritise the safety, health, and welfare
of people before any business objective.
1
Top 10% for engagement survey: in the technology
benchmark for wellbeing, diversity and inclusion and flexible
working hours.
1
Ensure we have the right channels and processes
in place so all Chorus people know how to get help
and support and feel they can speak up.
2
40:40:20 split of people leaders, relating to gender.
2
Safe Plus certification to leading level by 2023.
3
Achieve 0% gender career level pay gap by 2022.
4
Total employee and people leader population representative of
customer base (NZ working population as measured by Census results).
5
Ensure all people receive at least their legal entitlements
and are treated with dignity and respect.
3
Continue to strive for gender equality, reduce gender pay
gap and champion pay equity reform.
5
Inspire future generations to consider careers in technology.
6
Ensure the ethnicity of our people by role is reflective
of NZ population as per NZ Census.
7
Enable people to take advantage of our flexible working policy,
helping them achieve balance in their work/personal lives.
8
Build on our cultural awareness across our organisation,
with a focus on te ao Māori.
4
Champion diversity, inclusion, and wellbeing for our people.
9
30Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
1 eNPS means Employee Net Promoter Score
* Based on the average of responses to the four engagement questions.
Best Wellness
Programme award
at the 2021 Human
Resources
New Zealand
Awards.
Human Resources
Director
New Zealand’s
Employer of Choice
2021 winners.
Thriving people
New parental leave
policy introduced
- flexible parental
leave totalling
eight weeks.
Rainbow Tick,
Gender Tick
and CQ Cultural
Intelligence Tick
certification
certified.
First modern slavery
statement released.
8.5 out of 10
employee
engagement score,
and eNPS
1
of +62
*
.
Tech Toolbox
sessions held
nationwide to
launch new
Tell Chorus
campaign.
100% target
achieved for
Director Health
& Safety visits,
with Executive walks
225% against target.
Impact in the last 12 months
31Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Health and Safety
The health, safety and wellbeing of
Chorus people is paramount.
This includes our direct employees and the thousands
of people working on our behalf to build, connect and
maintain our network. Our health and safety focus extends
to anyone who is in, or in the vicinity of, our workplaces.
In FY21 we established a new risk framework focusing
on our critical risks. For example, mental health, working
at height, electricity strikes and vehicle accidents. We
continue to promote a proactive health and safety culture.
We also continue to work with our contractors and
suppliers to ensure their systems and procedures meet our
health and safety expectations.
The volume of work performed, including our service
companies, totalled 7.8 million work hours across the year.
This is a reduction from 10 million hours last year, resulting
from the UFB rollout nearing completion and connection
activity beginning to slow.
The Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
decreased to 2.05 in FY21, down from 2.43 last year. The
number of injuries to our people reduced to 16, down
from 25 in FY20. The types of injuries were largely sprains,
strains and hand lacerations caused by manual handling
activity and moving about work sites, the same trends seen
in prior years. There were no fatalities. The Lost Time Injury
Frequency Rate (LTIFR) decreased to 0.77 from 0.78. Our
TRIFR results are about five times lower than other fibre
infrastructure companies.
In the coming year we will focus our efforts on three
key areas: risk management, assurance, and governance
optimisation. This focus will extend across our ecosystem
to ensure all of our people are our key priority. The
continued collaboration with our service company partners
to enhance health and safety practices is a constant
priority. No business objective will be prioritised over the
health or safety of any person.
0
1
2
3
Injury frequency rate
2.05
0.77
2.43
0.78
FY20FY19
TRIFRLTIFR
LTIFR: number of lost time injuries + medical treatment injuries
+ restricted work injuries per million hours worked.
2.67
0.61
FY21
Figure 5:
Injury frequency rates FY19 – FY21
32Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Our people
Our operating model and
employee engagement
Chorus is going through a period of significant change
as the fibre rollout draws to a close and we transition to
a more operational focus. At the same time, a priority
programme of work is helping implement the change
to a new regulatory model that will shape our future
organisational focus.
These changes in our operating context have seen
a reduction in employees in recent years. Following
targeted operating model changes implemented in
FY21, the total number of permanent and fixed term
employees reduced from 870 to 817, including a
reduction in our executive team from nine to seven
roles. In advance of organisational change, we also put
in place new recruitment controls that see us focussed
on the replacement of critical roles only, this has also
contributed to the reduction in employee numbers.
Organisational change has included some redundancies.
In addition to providing redundancy compensation, we
have an outplacement programme that ensures anyone
impacted by change, who we’re unable to redeploy
internally, receives assistance from an external partner
to prepare for career choices outside of Chorus.
Employee
engagement
FY19 FY20 FY21
Total (out of 10)7.68.58.5
Employee net
promoter score
(eNPS)
+28+67+62
Participation
rate
98%94%86%
Despite the changes in our operating context, employee
engagement remained stable at 8.5 out of 10 (Peakon
methodology) between FY20 and FY21. While we saw
some minor variability in our employee net promoter
score
1
, starting FY21 at +67 and closing out the year at
+62, we’re in the top 10% of our international ‘technology’
company benchmark
2
.
Individual executive areas have specific programmes
that focus on engagement drivers within their teams.
At a company-wide level we adjust our focus each
quarter to meet the needs highlighted through the survey
and consistently look at key areas such as employee
wellbeing and communication of strategies and direction.
These areas are always valued by our people, in particular
through organisational change and the ongoing
uncertainty created by COVID-19.
Employee
turnover rate
FY19 FY20 FY21
Voluntary9.2%7. 5%8.1%
Tot al
turnover rate
12.1%14.1%12.6%
Positions filled
by internal
candidates
62.0%52.6%43.3%
1. eNPS means employee Net Promoter Score. Net promoter scores can range from -100 to +100 and are calculated by subtracting the percentage of detractors (0-6 engagement score) from the percentage of promoters
(9-10 engagement score).
2. Chorus engagement survey data is provided by Peakon who provide a technology sector benchmark for comparison. Achieving a score within the top 10% of the benchmark is considered best in class.
33Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Our operating model
and employee engagement cont.
We have a strong focus on sharing and discussing the
business strategy with our people. We hold twice yearly
senior leader days where the executive team discuss
strategic topics with senior leaders. Each year we bring
together our people leaders for a one-day conference.
We also hold interactive Chorus Conversation sessions
with all employees where our strategic direction
is discussed.
Monthly people leader webcasts share top priorities
and focus areas across the business, with time dedicated
to questions so our people leaders can share key
messages with their teams. Monthly CEO updates are
also broadcast via our intranet and we’ve made Yammer
available across the business so people can share key
business activity and to encourage more employee
engagement and feedback.
Chorus Conversation sessions for FY21 in our Auckland office.
Our monthly ACCColades recognition programme
enables employees to nominate their colleagues for
efforts that support our company values of Authentic,
Collaborative, Courageous and Curious. This has been
a forum for recognising sustainability initiatives such
as employee efforts to reduce unnecessary plastic
packaging from our supply chain. Changes to the
programme have been introduced in FY22 to
ensure we’re identifying achievement across the
business effectively.
34Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Diversity and Inclusion (Belonging)
Chorus has an established Belonging strategy that guides
the areas we focus on to maintain our inclusive culture.
Our aim is to strengthen our collective capability, identify,
attract, and retain diverse talent, and leverage the diversity
of our people.
The strategy is owned by the Board and Executive team
and there are four parts to the strategy:
Diversity and inclusion is a priority focus for Chorus
management and the Board, with a range of initiatives in place
across the employee lifecycle and within our leadership and
learning plan. However, we’re not where we want to be as
an organisation, in particular concerning diverse leadership.
We’ll be placing additional focus in FY22 to drive meaningful
change, particularly in areas such as recruitment and selection
practices and talent mobility.
1
Flexible and adaptable workforce
2
Diverse leadership
3
Wellbeing
4
Inclusive culture
35Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Flexible and adaptable workforce
Flex@Chorus, our approach to flexible working,
provides access to multiple flexible working options for
employees. This includes flexibility in work schedule,
flexible locations of work; part-time working hours and
the ability to stagger a return to work after parental leave.
The key requirement for any request to work flexibly is
that it works for the individual, the team, the customer
and Chorus as a whole.
The COVID-19 pandemic accelerated the
experimentation we were doing with working flexibly to
the point most employees are now working from home
at least a couple of days a week.
As flexible working has become our new normal we need
to continue to think about what the next iteration of
Flex@Chorus looks like to continue to meet the needs
of our people and the business. A project team is working
on how Chorus might re-imagine the future of how
we work. This is a collaborative process, seeking
input from our employees and involving them in the
design elements.
My work schedule is flexible enough to
accommodate my family or personal life.
MAY 2020MAY 2020
9.0
+
69
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2019MAY 2019
8.5
+
50
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2021MAY 2021
9.2
+
77
eNPS
OUT OF 10
I am satisfied with our
flexible working policy
MAY 2020MAY 2020
9.1
+
73
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2019MAY 2019
8.3
+
45
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2021MAY 2021
9.2
+
79
eNPS
OUT OF 10
36Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Diverse leadership
There are two parts to our focus on diverse leadership
– gender balance and ethnic mix. With regard to gender
balance we have a target of 40:40:20 gender ratio in
our people leader community and progress against that
target has fluctuated during the year. This means our
people leader population isn’t consistently reflective
of our wider employee population when gender is
considered. In February we reviewed our recruitment
process and have made changes to ensure we strive to
recruit by attracting, interviewing, and hiring a diverse set
of people, while still focusing on hiring the best possible
person for the role. We’ll continue to address this in FY22
by driving meaningful change in areas like recruitment,
selection practices and talent mobility.
With regard to gender balance we’re also focussed on
promoting fair pay in our remuneration and pay strategy.
We’re proud to have received three awards in the last
YWCA Equal Pay Awards in 2019 (Leadership, Progressive
and Supreme Awards) and we remain committed to our
objective of achieving a 0% gender career level pay gap
by 2022.
We use a career level remuneration system that has a
total of nine career levels. Across seven of the nine career
levels the average career level gap is 3.1% or less. The two
remaining and highest career levels have an average pay
gap of 9.1%. The population in those two career levels is
small and therefore any shift in gender balance has a big
impact. A comprehensive review of gender pay equity
forms part of our annual remuneration review process at
both a team, function, and all of Chorus level.
This ensures we stay focused on reducing the gender
career level pay gap.
Figure 6:
Gender by role three year review
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
0
EXECUTIVE
2021
86
EXECUTIVE
2020
78
22
14
EXECUTIVE
2019
55
45
DIRECTORS
2021
DIRECTORS
2020
62
38
57
43
DIRECTORS
2019
62
38
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2021
64
36
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2020
60
40
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2019
62
38
ALL
CHORUS
2020
59
41
ALL
CHORUS
2021
59
41
ALL
CHORUS
2019
60
40
Figure 7:
Ethnicity* by role 2021
20%40%60%80%100%
0
NZ EuropeanPacific PeoplesAsianMāoriOtherEuropean
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2021
ALL
CHORUS
2021
*Prime ethnicity people identify as.
37Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Diverse leadership cont.
With regards to ethnic mix, people identifying themselves
as Maori and Pasifika continue to be under-represented,
both in the people leader and Chorus overall population -
when compared to the NZ population.
Ethnic diversity in our general employee population
remains an ongoing challenge for Chorus to address and
is exacerbated at the leadership level. As a result, Chorus
recently undertook a cultural competence assessment
through the Superdiversity Centre and was awarded their
CQ Tick accreditation. The output of this assessment
has provided direction to support the further development
of cultural competence at Chorus. The initial focus has
begun with workshops to help employees understand
the importance of Te Tiriti o Waitangi in Aotearoa
New Zealand today. Chorus has also partnered with
TupuToa, an internship programme aimed at creating
pathways into professional careers for Maori and Pasifika
tertiary students.
We provide targeted development opportunities for
our people leaders to help drive leadership performance
and strategic objectives. This includes a women’s
leadership programme to help us build a more
diverse leadership group and an emerging leaders
programme to complement and enhance talent and
succession planning.
Training and developmentFY19 FY20 FY21
Average hours per FTE7 hours10 hours8 hours
Average spend per FTE$1,023$1,350$1,060
We also have well received programmes in Chorus,
designed to lift personal and leadership capability,
including:
Emerging Leaders
The Emerging Leaders programme was designed with
the support of Chorus employees. It's based on the four
leadership practices at Chorus that provide a framework
of the types of skills and behaviours we expect our
leaders to demonstrate. This is a year-long leadership
programme for those employees who are identified as
emerging leaders within our business, demonstrating our
commitment to talent development.
Mental Health First Aid
The Mental Health First Aid course develops people
leader and employee knowledge in recognising and
understanding signs of mental distress. The course
offers ways in which to provide support options for those
whose mental wellbeing is under stress.
Investment in the learning and development of our
people remains a key focus with consistent budget
allocation over the past three years.
In FY20 we did see an increase in spending due to COVID
as we looked to increase wellbeing related training for
our people and incurred some additional costs of
training delivery as we moved to online options.
UP programme
Our UP programme has been running for the last five
years, and is designed to help empower our women
leaders to be successful in their career ambitions.
Mentoring Circles
We pair employees with leaders in the business
to support personal and career development.
38Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
THE SUCCESS OF OUR HEALTH
& WELLBEING PROGRAMME IS
REFLECTED IN ENGAGEMENT
RESPONSES PLACING
CHORUS IN THE TOP
OF THE GLOBAL
TECHNOLOGY
BENCHMARK
5%
Wellbeing
The wellbeing of Chorus employees remains a priority and FY21
has been particularly focussed on supporting wellbeing, both in
response to the COVID-19 pandemic and with the transition back
to work in a hybrid flexible working model.
The Chorus wellbeing programme has four components –
financial, physical, career and mental wellbeing. Each component
has associated learning, whether it be nutrition seminars, financial
literacy, or ways to combat stress and anxiety. We look to provide a
great mix of information, tools and resources that our people can
access in a way that works best for them.
In FY21 we delivered a range of wellbeing initiatives:
Anxiety in Disguise workshops to educate
employees on the benefits of correct
breathing techniques to manage anxiety.
Health challenges to encourage
movement and improved nutrition.
Promotion of anti-bullying and anti-harassment
through promotion of Pink Shirt Day and our
internal support network.
Financial fitness webinars.
Working here, I feel that I can
live a balanced, healthy lifestyle.
MAY 2020MAY 2020
8.6
+
56
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2019MAY 2019
8.1
+
32
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2021MAY 2021
9.1
+
73
eNPS
OUT OF 10
Chorus really cares about
my mental wellbeing
MAY 2020MAY 2020
8.7
+
60
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2020MAY 2020
8.3
+
39
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2021MAY 2021
8.9
+
65
eNPS
OUT OF 10
A range of webinars promoting health and
wellbeing and free access to the Mentemia
Wellbeing App.
39Make New Zealand Better
Wellbeing cont.
We continue to evolve our employee benefits programme to
help shape our employees’ wellbeing. We've launched a new
parental leave policy – Families@Chorus – that provides up to
eight weeks paid leave for all new parents, plus company Kiwisaver
contributions for the primary carer on extended leave calculated
and paid on their return to work. This is an addition to government
parental leave entitlements.
Our standard employee benefits for permanent employees
include:
We're really proud to have received the 2021 Human Resources
NZ Best Wellness Programme award in recognition of our work
in the wellbeing space.
2 x company leave days
per annum
2 x wellbeing days per annum
10 sick/domestic leave days
available from employment
commencement
Life, trauma and income
protection insurance
Will It package – an online
Will creation service
8 weeks paid leave for new parents
Subsidised Marram holiday
homes and healthcare
Internet concession
1 x volunteer day per annum
Retail discounts
Chorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
40Make New Zealand Better
Inclusive culture
We proudly have Rainbow Tick certification and seek
reaccreditation each year. We understand, value and
welcome ethnic, gender and sexual diversity at Chorus.
We have a range of established employee networks and
committees to support an inclusive culture, such as:
The networks meet regularly and hold events, either
for their members or broader groups of employees.
Each of the networks have representation on our
National Belonging Committee, an umbrella group
where all networks are represented alongside employees
passionate to support inclusion at Chorus. The committee
continues to work collaboratively with the People &
Culture team to deliver diversity and inclusion initiatives
based on the pillars of our programme.
Wellbeing committees
Women’s network
Maori & Pasifika network
Mums and Dads network
Mental Fitness network
Rainbow network
The engagement survey measures the success of having
an inclusive culture via the following questions:
Chorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
People from all backgrounds
are treated fairly at Chorus
MAY 2020MAY 2020
8.9
+
66
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2019MAY 2019
8.5
+
52
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2021MAY 2021
9.0
+
70
eNPS
OUT OF 10
I am treated like a valued
member of Chorus.
MAY 2020MAY 2020
8.4
+
46
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2019MAY 2019
8.0
+
28
eNPS
OUT OF 10
MAY 2021MAY 2021
8.6
+
51
eNPS
OUT OF 10
41Make New Zealand BetterThriving PeopleChorus Sustainability Report 2021
Collaborating to end
modern day slavery
and exploitation
We’re committed to doing the right thing
by the people working on our behalf.
In FY19 we commissioned an independent review into our
subcontractor workforce, after the Labour Inspectorate
identified allegations ranging from poor labour standard
practice (e.g. poor record keeping, non-payment of holiday
pay) through to a small number of more serious allegations
of exploitation.
The review led to the implementation of a range of
initiatives, with all recommendations acted on;
We expect our suppliers to share our commitment that all
people are treated fairly. We encourage our suppliers to
go beyond legal compliance, drawing on internationally
recognised standards, in order to advance social, labour
and business ethics. Our commercial team is responsible
for administering the Supplier Code of Practice and
interacts closely with our suppliers.
See www.chorus.co.nz/chorus-suppliers
We banned 31 companies from working on our
network, out of approximately 800 contractors.
1
A mandatory Supplier Code of Practice was
put in place, with governance oversight from
the Chorus Board and regular audits completed.
2
Our network subcontractors must complete
employment standards training, and
technicians receive training on their rights.
We encourage continuous learning, so
everyone understands their responsibilities.
3
All contractors must meet minimum onboarding
standards before subcontracting work.
Sub-contractors are regularly audited for
compliance with employment obligations.
4
We receive monthly reports from our service companies of
all sub-contractors and their people working on our behalf.
5
We continue to collaborate with our service companies and
the Government to share learnings and to stop exploitation.
We also engage with Immigration New Zealand on potential
future migrant workforce requirements.
6
We continue to collaborate with our service companies
and a worker welfare programme is in place to help protect
and support people working on our behalf (see more on
page 42).
7
42Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Worker welfare
At a practical level, we have a dedicated worker welfare
team that monitors our contractor and subcontractor
field workforce within New Zealand. Inspections or audits
are performed by both independent third parties and
Chorus employees. Our cross-business governance team
oversees any investigation of actual or potential work
mistreatment and meets with our service companies
regularly to maintain governance oversight of the
implementation and ongoing operation of their worker
welfare programmes.
Consequences could extend to terminating supply
contracts and, where necessary, passing concerns to
relevant regulatory authorities.
Our Board receive regular reporting on our contractor
workforce and monitor our introduction of modern
slavery reporting requirements.
We run training for relevant people to help identify
any form of mistreatment to workers, from signs of
bullying and harassment to instances where workers
are not provided with their full legal entitlements under
employment and health and safety laws. We take a risk-
based approach to evaluating our supply partners and
contractors and schedule inspections/audits according
to identified risk.
We have information and guidance, including a complaint
reporting process, available to workers in our supply
chain. See https://worker-welfare.chorus.co.nz
In FY21 we continued to make worker welfare an everyday
part of our business, like health and safety, with initiatives
including:
• a Tell Chorus campaign where we talked directly to
technicians about our commitment and support,
including our worker welfare portal and independent
whistleblower process
• an online portal for Chorus employees to log
confidential reports of potential worker welfare
incidents or complaints
• worker welfare training for our employees with
technician facing roles to help them identify and
respond to potential issues.
Contract
scope
Maintenance of
copper and fibre;
fibre build outside
UFB areas
Connecting
premises
to fibre
UFB2 network
build
ContractorDowner
Ventia
UCG
Ventia
Electronet
Ventia
Contract
period
Until
March 2022
Until
March 2022
Until
December 2022
Figure 8:
Service company contracts
43Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Supply chain strategy
Our objective is to have sustainable and valuable
supplier relationships. We’re focussed not just on cost,
but also on an enduring relationship that delivers value
to both parties and encourages innovation given the
rapid change within our industry. We consider a range
of criteria in evaluating potential suppliers including
environment, health and safety, worker welfare and
corporate reputation.
We work closely with our service company partners to
maintain our workforce at sustainable levels so we can
meet customer demand for fibre connections and deliver
a good customer experience. They have completed
strategic workforce plans for the expected decline in
workforce numbers as the UFB rollout winds down and
network fault volumes reduce as a result of decreasing
copper network connections.
Fixed price contracts are in place for the remaining UFB2
network deployment through to December 2022 and
for subsequent fibre connections to customers. From
March 2022 we expect to have new contracts in place for
maintenance of our copper and fibre networks, as well as
new fibre build outside our planned UFB areas.
44Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Thriving People
Modern Slavery Statement
We’re committed to conducting our business in
accordance with high standards of social, labour and
ethical conduct.
In 2021 we published our first Modern Slavery Statement
(see www.chorus.co.nz/governance)
Chorus’ supply chains span around 1100 direct suppliers
with approximately $950m procurement spend in FY20.
Most of our direct supplier spend is in New Zealand.
We source a range of goods and services internationally,
mostly from countries in Europe, North America and Asia.
Beyond our service company partners, we have surveyed
targeted key suppliers to better understand their risks
and responses to modern slavery. For FY21 we focussed
on imported manufactured goods, especially in the
electronics and telecommunications network equipment
sectors.
The responses from our suppliers indicate that they share
our commitment to the proper treatment of all workers
and that they are taking steps to address the risk. Many of
our suppliers report under the UK reporting regime and
several are submitting statements under the Australian
legislation.
We also manage modern slavery risks during the
procurement lifecycle: including prequalification;
robust procurement practices; strong standard terms
and conditions; and an ongoing audit regime focussed
on our field workforce to assess supplier performance.
Codes of ethics
Our directors and employees are expected to act
honestly and with high standards of personal integrity.
Our codes of ethics set the expected minimum standards
for professional conduct. They also facilitate behaviours
and decisions that are consistent with our values,
business goals and legal and policy obligations.
Annual training is provided to our directors and
employees, including part-time workers and contractors.
Our people are encouraged to report any unethical
behaviour and are asked quarterly to register any
potential conflicts of interest. This process is subject to
internal audit and all reported breaches are investigated. A
third-party review in 2019 benchmarked our compliance
function against industry best practice.
Policies that reinforce the behaviours we expect at
Chorus, include:
Bribery and gifts
Acceptance of bribes, or gifts and other benefits
which could be perceived as influencing decisions, are
prohibited under our codes of ethics. Our Gifts and
Entertainment Policy applies to all directors, employees
and contractors. Gifts and entertainment over $150
require approval.
Chorus is not involved in any ongoing bribery and
corruption cases and no fines or settlements were
incurred for anti-competitive business practices in FY21.
Our Supplier Code of Conduct requires our suppliers to
comply with laws relating to anti-bribery and corruption.
This includes bribery, abuse of power, extortion, fraud,
deception, collusion, cartels and embezzlement.
Anti-bullying, harassment and discrimination
We’re committed to a psychologically and physically
safe working environment and we take a zero tolerance
approach to bullying, harassment and discrimination.
Anti-bullying training is provided each year. Our policy
reflects New Zealand legislation, such as the New Zealand
Bill of Rights Act 1990 and Human Rights Act 1993,
prohibiting discrimination and protecting the right to
freedom of expression.
Whistle blowing and fraud
We encourage confidential reporting of serious
misconduct or wrongdoing and suspected fraud or
corruption. A dedicated whistleblower email address and
phone number is provided. These are monitored by PWC
and are available to all employees and subcontractors.
A dedicated email address is also available for reporting
suspected fraud.
New Zealand law also provides protection to employees
who disclose information about serious wrongdoing in,
or by, an organisation. These protections are expected
to be enhanced by new legislation later in 2021. We did
not receive any reports of serious instances of unethical
behaviour by our employees in the year to 30 June 2021.
45Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021
Disclose the organisation’s governance around climate-related risks and opportunities.
Describe the Board’s oversight
of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
Our Board is responsible for Chorus’ risk management framework and governance. The Board expects Chorus to understand the
risks, opportunities and threats to its current and future business environment and respond to these tactically and strategically.
This includes:
• annually setting risk appetite and tolerances and determining principal risks;
• approving and regularly reviewing our Managing Risk Policy and supporting framework;
• promoting a culture of proactively managing risk; and
• through our Audit Risk Management Committee (ARMC), providing risk oversight and monitoring.
Principal risks are our key risks to the achievement of our strategy. These are assessed on a risk profile identifying likelihood of
occurrence and potential severity of impact. Current principal risk categories are identified via a comprehensive enterprise risk
management framework encompassing financial and non-financial risks. They include anticipating and responding to:
• customer/market risks: customer service and experience; revenue growth and market changes;
• operational risks: e.g. network and IT quality, availability and resilience; delivering effective and quality outcomes (including with
service partners); labour market risks;
• people & culture: e.g. health & safety; engagement; capability; talent and change management;
• regulatory risks and broader societal expectations: e.g. working within the regulatory and legal environment, and broader societal
expectations;
• capital management: e.g. working within appropriate capital management settings.
In addition to Principal Risks the Chorus Board or ARMC regularly receive updates on, and discuss with the Executive;
• unforeseen risks which are events that may disrupt Chorus’ Operating Model but is unknown if it would occur;
• emerging risks which are risks that are known to some degree but is not likely to materialize or have an impact in
the near term;
• business unit risks which are risks to the achievement of functional area strategies.
Our climate change risks and opportunities are reviewed within this framework.
See Sustainability Governance
and Stakeholder Engagement,
starting on page 9, and
Network Reliability, starting on
page 14.
Describe management’s role in
assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities.
Principal risks are owned by relevant executives. This promotes integration into operations and planning and a culture of proactive risk
management. Notwithstanding individual ownership, our CEO and executive hold collective responsibility for considering how risk and
events interrelate and for managing our overall risk profile.
As mentioned above, Executive Management also considers unforeseen and emerging risks on a six-monthly basis and considers
Business Unit risks quarterly. Climate change risks may be reflected as a Principal, Emerging or Business Unit risk dependent on the
potential impact and likelihood of the risk to Chorus’ strategy.
Aspects of operational risks are identified under our risk management framework as climate-related risks. The GM Customer & Network
Operations is responsible for operational risks relating to our nationwide physical network. Mitigation includes planning for network
deployment and protection, as well as ongoing maintenance and fault management.
See Sustainability Governance
and Stakeholder Engagement,
starting on page 9.
Governance
Compliance with Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
TCFD Appendix
New Zealand is in the process of making climate-related disclosures mandatory for a number of entities, including listed issuers. The Ministry for the Environment has indicated that reporting
would be against a standard in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). While the details of the mandatory disclosures in New
Zealand have not been developed yet, the following is our current assessment on Chorus’ progress against those TCFD recommendations.
46Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021TCFD Appendix
Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy and financial planning where such information is material.
Describe the climate-related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium,
and long term.
As discussed in the Network Reliability section of our Sustainability Report, damage or disruption to our network assets can
affect the delivery of telecommunications services to our customers (retail service providers) and their end users. Prolonged
service disruption may have a detrimental financial and/or reputational impact, particularly where it impacts a large area or
number of consumers. Operational risk created by extreme weather has therefore been identified as our main climate-related
risk over the short to medium term, as assessed against a risk profile identifying likelihood of occurrence and potential severity
of impact. Weather-related impacts are not considered material in this timeframe.
At the same time, our largest climate-related opportunity is the rollout of our fibre optic network. This is a significant investment
programme that has been underway since 2011 and it will have brought fibre within reach of approximately 1.36m homes and
businesses in New Zealand by the end of 2022. The fibre rollout is enhancing the resilience of our network to climate change
by enabling the replacement of our existing copper-based network. The copper network is more susceptible to weather-related
faults and consumes more electricity than fibre. The transition to fibre is expected to help reduce our electricity consumption
by 30 to 40%, thereby contributing to our objective of lowering our carbon emissions.
Growing consumer awareness of carbon emissions and the emerging recognition of fibre as the greenest broadband network
alternative, based on electricity usage and data/speed capability, may also benefit Chorus by encouraging increased fibre uptake
over alternative technologies.
Climate change may also directly or indirectly affect our business through changes in regulatory requirements (e.g. mandatory
TCFD reporting) or increased pricing for non-renewable energy sources (e.g. diesel required for back-up power generators and
carbon offsets). These effects are not considered material.
See Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16
and
Network Reliability, starting on
page 14.
Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities
on the organisation’s business,
strategy and financial planning.
The impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on our business, strategy and financial planning has been limited to date.
Our ongoing investment in a fibre to the premises network is helping mitigate the most significant potential transition and
physical risks related to climate change.
In FY19 Chorus commissioned an external climate change impact assessment to conduct high-level desktop risk screening
of our key network assets. This report identified that exposure of existing assets is most likely to occur along the New Zealand
coastline due to projected sea level rise. An 0.5 metre sea level rise, corresponding to projections to 2060 under representative
concentration pathway 8.5H+, identified that in the medium term;
—five exchanges of varying size may be at potential risk from coastal inundation
—0.3% or ~260 kilometres of core fibre routes are potentially at risk
—less than 0.5% of all point assets (exchanges, sites, terminal enclosures, underground utility boxes, and poles) are potentially
at risk.
See Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16
and
Network Reliability, starting on
page 14.
Describe the resilience of
the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration
different climate-related
scenarios, including a 2°C
or lower scenario.
Our current and long-term strategies are considered to be largely resilient to climate-related risks, including 2°C or lower
scenarios, because of the expected continuation of demand for the high-speed broadband capability delivered by our network.
As noted above, our investmentment in a fibre optic network is enhancing the resilience of our services and current modelling
suggests limited potential impact on our network assets from sea level rise over a long timeframe.
See Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16
and
Network Reliability, starting on
page 14.
Strategy
47Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021Section Heading
Disclose how the organisation identifies, assesses, and manages climate-related risks.
Describe the organisation’s
processes for identifying and
assessing climate-related risks
As noted above in the Governance and Strategy sections above, climate-related risks are identified within our risk
management framework.
Further detailed assessment has then been undertaken on aspects of the identified risks to inform our risk management
strategies. The assessment of climate-related risk to our network assets entailed the use of specialist external consultants
working with input from a cross-functional Chorus team.
This impact assessment has been used along with other network information, including experience from past extreme
weather events, to inform our ongoing network planning and management practices. Our network teams are continuing
to develop their awareness of potential climate change risk as local councils undertake and produce further data analysis.
Chorus has regular processes in place at Board and executive level to identify new or emerging risks. In addition, we have
management level programmes focussed on initiatives such as network protection and we undertake insurance-related risk
mitigation assessments on an annual basis.
See Sustainability Governance
and Stakeholder Engagement,
starting on page 9, and
Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16.
Describe the organisation’s
processes for managing
climate-related risks.
As detailed above, our management of climate-related risks is consistent with the process used for other risks. Principal
risks are allocated to individual executives to manage and risk mitigation initiatives are identified as part of this process.
Using the example of network risks from flooding or sea-level rise, as referred to above, we use external data and our
experience from past extreme weather events, to inform our ongoing network planning and management practices.
For example:
• we have a regular programme of building maintenance (e.g. flood protection work has been undertaken on the
South Dunedin exchange.)
• we use geotechnical surveys to identify potential landslip and other topographic risks when selecting fibre routes
in rural areas.
• we place our cables on the downstream side of bridges, as protection against flood damage.
• we use network expansion projects as opportunities to enhance network route diversity, thereby increasing the
robustness of our network (e.g. West Coast rollout to establish network route diversity for lower South Island).
• we’ll exit some ‘at risk’ network assets over time as we migrate customers from our copper network.
See Sustainability Governance
and Stakeholder Engagement,
starting on page 9, and
Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16.
Describe how processes
for identifying, assessing,
and managing climate-related
risks are integrated into
the organisation’s overall
risk management.
As noted above, the identification, assessment and management of climate-related risks is undertaken within our existing
risk management practices and framework.
See Sustainability Governance
and Stakeholder Engagement,
starting on page 9, and
Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16.
Risk Management
48Make New Zealand BetterChorus Sustainability Report 2021TCFD Appendix
Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant climate-related risks and opportunities where such information is material.
Disclose the metrics used
by the organisation to assess
climate-related risks and
opportunities in line with
its strategy and risk
management process.
We measure our electricity usage across our network and and monitor our greenhouse gas emissions.
The number of homes and businesses connected to our network and the performance of our network (speed, data usage
and service impacts) are other metrics we report that may have relevance to climate-related risks or opportunities.
See Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16.
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2,
and if appropriate, Scope
3 Greenhouse Gas (GHG)
emissions, and the
related risks.
We have reported our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (limited) since we were established as a listed company in 2011. In that time
we’ve avoided a net cumulative 84 kilotonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions (CO2e), including Scope 3 emissions.
Network electricity consumption accounts for the majority of our combined Scope 1 and 2 emissions. The national grid has
been mostly over 80% renewable since 2015, although carbon intensity has increased over the past few years. The migration
of end users from our copper network to the newer fibre network is expected to reduce our future emissions by reducing our
electricity needs. Current Scope 3 emissions reported are expected to reduce as fibre uptake grows because less technician
visits will be required for network faults, relative to the copper network.
High-speed broadband networks are also recognised as enabling carbon savings by end users through increased teleworking
and reduced reliance on travel that produces carbon.
See Sustainability Governance
and Stakeholder Engagement,
starting on page 9, and
Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16.
Describe the targets used by
the organisation to manage
climate-related risks and
opportunities, and
performance against targets.
Chorus reports its carbon emissions annually to CDP. We have a science-based target (not yet verified) of achieving an 80%
reduction in our scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions, from our FY12 base year, by 2030. In FY21 we achieved a 33%
reduction against this target.
The rollout of our fibre to the premises network since 2011 is enabling the transition of end users to a more energy efficient
and resilient network. We are on track to complete this network rollout by December 2022 and have achieved 65% uptake of
the fibre network to date. By continuing to drive fibre uptake higher we can begin to shut down our copper network, thereby
contributing to our carbon reduction target.
See Thriving Environment,
starting on page 16.
Metrics and Targets
Directory
Registered Offices
NEW ZEALAND
Level 10, 1 Willis Street
Wellington, New Zealand
P: +64 800 600 100
AUSTRALIA
C/– Allens Corporate Services Pty Limited
Level 28, Deutsche Bank Place, 126 Phillip Street,
Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
P: +61 2 9230 4000
www.chorus.company.co.nz/sustainability
ARBN 152 485 848
---
Our focus in FY21 was to help consumers capitalise
on the gigabit head start our fibre network has
given New Zealand. We knocked on about a quarter
of a million doors and supported our 100 or so
retailers to connect another 120,000 consumers to
fibre. This saw fibre uptake grow from 60% to 65%
across the year and represents strong momentum
towards our target of 1 million connections in
2022. Pleasingly, we lifted customer satisfaction
again, up from 8.1 out of ten to 8.2 for installations
and up from 7.3 to 7.5 for service to homes with an
existing or ‘intact’ fibre socket.
Softer market conditions due to the ongoing effects of
COVID-19 on demand, together with competition from other
fibre and wireless networks, resulted in a $12 million drop in
revenue compared to FY20. Operating expenses reduced by
$13 million, reflecting our continued tight management of costs
and the absence of the significant one-off COVID-19 costs
experienced in FY20. This helped us just achieve our goal of a
modest increase in EBITDA, with FY21 EBITDA of $649 million
up $1 million from FY20. Net profit after tax was $47 million
compared to $52 million in FY20.
A fully imputed final dividend of 14.5 cents per share will be paid
on 12 October 2021, bringing total dividends for FY21 to 25 cents
per share.
dear investors
Dividend reinvestment plan
for shareholders
A dividend reinvestment plan is available to our Australian
and New Zealand resident shareholders. There will be a
2% discount rate applied for the 12 October 2021
dividend payment.
If you haven’t previously registered to participate and wish
to do so, you’ll need to have registered your participation
by 5:00pm (NZ time) on 15 September 2021.
You can register, or deregister, by logging into your
Computershare profile at www.investorcentre.com/nz
or downloading the Participation Notice at
www.chorus.co.nz/dividends and returning it to
Computershare.
The full terms of the reinvestment plan can be read
in our Offer Document dated February 2016 at
www.chorus.co.nz/dividends, or you can request a
copy free of charge. Our most recent audited financial
statements, and auditor’s report, are included in our 2021
annual report, which is available free of charge on request
and at www.chorus.co.nz/financial-results.
1 Excludes partly subsidised education connections provided as part of Chorus’ COVID-19 response.
2 Earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) is a non-GAAP profit measure. We monitor this as a key performance
indicator and we believe it assists investors in assessing the performance of the core operations of our business.
3 Based on the average response to four key engagement questions.
FY21 result overview
Fibre connections
1
Net profit after tax
FY21
871,000
FY20
751,000
FY21
$47m
FY20
$52m
Fixed line connections
1
Broadband connections
1
FY21
1,180,000
FY20
1,206,000
FY21
1,340,000
FY20
1,415,000
EBITDA
2
Customer satisfaction
FY21
Installation
FY21
Intact
FY21
$649m
FY20
$648m
Dividend
Employee engagement score
3
FY21
8.5 out of 10
3
FY21
25cps
FY20FY20
24cps8.5
8.2 out of 10
(target 8.0)
7.5 out of 10
(target 7.5)
Making
New Zealand
Better
Figure 2 :
Average monthly usage per connection on our fibre network
We continued to expand our fibre footprint under our public-
private partnership with the Government. There are just
53,000 or so homes and businesses remaining to pass by
the end of 2022. Hundreds of small provincial communities
can already enjoy the socio-economic benefits of fibre
connectivity. As New Zealand turns its focus to the challenges
of climate change, there is a growing appreciation too of the
environmental benefits of fibre broadband. As the greenest
broadband technology, using materially less electricity than
copper or mobile technology, fibre is reducing Chorus’
network energy needs. It is also enabling New Zealanders
to work more flexibly, lowering commuting-driven carbon
emissions.
Broadband’s role as an essential utility is reflected in the
ongoing surge in data demand. Monthly average household
data usage, including both downloads and uploads, grew
from 350 gigabytes (GB) to 432GB across the year. Fibre
customers averaged 500GB in June, up from 436GB the year
before. At the same time, demand for reliable high capacity
broadband was evident in 1 gigabit per second (Gbps)
connections growing to 19% of our fibre connections, up
from 16% last year. This growth is being increasingly driven by
new entrant retailers from the electricity and pay TV sectors.
We enhanced our product portfolio during the year with
new services to support greater industry peering and data
centre connectivity. An 8Gbps Hyperfibre plan was launched
and our in-home Wi-Fi service is being used by some
smaller retailers. These are not yet large revenue earners,
but they underpin our role as a neutral host helping improve
New Zealand’s connectivity.
We did face some headwinds. COVID-19 continued to make
its presence felt with several short lockdowns in Auckland
affecting our fibre marketing activity. The historic levels of
growth in the broadband market have also been constrained
significantly by restrictions on migration into New Zealand.
These pressures, together with the loss of international
roaming revenue, have seen the traditional vertically
integrated mobile network providers increase their focus on
switching their customers from our network to their fixed
wireless solutions.
At times, these campaigns have led to customer confusion,
especially about the status of the copper network, and
we continue to advocate for clearer product disclosure
requirements to help ensure a level playing field. This is
especially important because fixed wireless services don’t
provide the same level of service as fibre - or even VDSL in
most cases – and these service limitations often aren’t made
clear to the customer.
As expected, other fibre companies continued to win copper
customers in those areas where they have overbuilt our
network with fibre. Together, these factors meant we ended
FY21 with 1,340,000 fixed line connections, down 75,000
lines from the year before. Within this total, broadband
connections were down 26,000 to 1,180,000. Most of this
reduction was in other fibre company areas. Our broadband
connections grew by 5,000 in our UFB areas, helped by
strong premises growth. These totals exclude the 10,000
student households we’ve continued to keep connected
to broadband as part of our COVID-19 response, partly
subsidised for the last quarter by the Ministry of Education.
FY21 overview
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Jun-21Dec-20Jun-20Dec-19Jun-19Dec-18Jun-18Dec-17Jun-17Dec-16Jun-16Dec-15
DownstreamUpstream (shown from June 2020 onwards)
Average monthly usage (gigabytes)
COVID-19 lockdowns
Average monthly data usage grew by almost a quarter through FY21 from 350GB to 432GB, with fibre consumers averaging 500GB
a month by the end of the year. Average throughput on our network at these times is close to consistently touching the 3 terabit
per second record that was set during the nationwide lockdown in March 2020. Peak time traffic around 9pm grew by 28%.
FY22 is a crossroads year for Chorus and
the ongoing development of New Zealand’s
broadband landscape. We’ve invested billions of
dollars since 2011 to help create a fibre network
that other countries are now racing to replicate.
The challenges of COVID-19 have accelerated
the digitalisation of socio-economic activity
and demand for bandwidth that’s always on has
made fibre networks a must have. In Australia
the government-owned National Broadband
Network has said it will upgrade up to 2 million
more premises to full fibre. In the United
Kingdom, BT has committed to take fibre to
25 million homes after regulatory commitments
to a fair return on fibre investment.
With our fibre network now 95% complete, our strategy for
FY22 remains largely unchanged. At its core, we’re more
focussed than ever on making New Zealand better. We want
to keep unlocking the potential of fibre by continuing to
connect people and technology, while developing services
that underpin even better applications and use of the cloud.
We’ve put our new sustainability policy at the heart of our
strategy with an emphasis on helping more Kiwis participate
in a positive digital life. Our first Sustainability Report has
been published alongside our Annual Report. Greater
adoption of digital tools and solutions, backed by the low
emission advantages of fibre broadband, has an important
part to play in accelerating New Zealand’s journey to carbon
neutrality. We’ll be working with groups like Senior Net
and Digital Journeys to help close the digital divide and
strengthen digital skills of people and businesses.
We’ve got plenty of work to do to get to our goal of 1 million
fibre connections by the end of 2022. Fixed wireless
services can deliver a broadband service that may provide
a credible alternative for some customers, depending on
things like coverage and data needs. We’re comfortable
with competition, but we believe consumers should be fully
informed about their options and the characteristics of the
product they are paying for. Too often we’re being contacted
by consumers who haven’t realised that they’ve been
switched from a fixed line, or where their wireless service is of
a lower quality.
This is why we’ve been investing in strong public information
campaigns and advertising activity. We want consumers
to be able to make an informed choice. We’ve also been
providing retailers with marketing incentives to promote
fibre uptake. These are a critical tool for us when mobile
network operators have substantial retail market power, large
incumbent customer bases, and prefer that consumers use
their wireless networks. The playing field is further tilted
in their favour because, unlike fibre, fixed wireless services
aren’t subject to price or quality regulation.
We’re encouraged by recent Commerce Commission
proposals to require retailers to provide clearer product
disclosure for consumers. However, we’re concerned by the
suggestion in the Commission’s draft price-quality decision
that our retailer incentives require a drawn-out approval
process. This would tilt the retail broadband market in the
favour of large incumbents that do not have the willingness
to promote fibre like the smaller retailers do.
We wrote to the Commission to express our concern that this
approach and their draft cuts to our expenditure proposals
do not adequately reflect our market context. Taken together
with the low WACC settings and our proposed initial asset
valuation of $5.5 billion, there is a genuine risk that the
new regulatory framework could discourage anything but
essential investment for the next three years.
Chorus’ share price has dropped substantially over the last
six months, reflecting initial asset valuations below market
expectations and the potential for the cap on our regulated
fibre revenues to be set below our business plan forecasts.
Investors are concerned that the regulatory process has
retrospectively written down the value of the investment
we’ve made in the fibre network over the last decade. This is
an extremely poor advertisement for investment in future
New Zealand infrastructure public-private partnerships.
Market analysis suggests that a fairer approach to our
investment risks, the cost of equity and the treatment of
Crown funding should value the fibre network at more than
$7 billion. Our initial $5.5 billion valuation, based on measures
that don’t reflect our commercial reality, means we’ve had to
propose acceleration of depreciation as a way to bridge the
potential gap between our business plan revenue forecasts
and the revenue cap for 2022 to 2024.
Please visit www.chorus.company.co.nz/sustainability to read our
Sustainability Report 2021.
Outlook
With fibre uptake at 65%, a revenue cap that doesn’t allow
for growth at the rate we’ve forecast means we would be
discouraged from making ongoing discretionary investment
in fibre. We’ve already responded to investor feedback by
ruling out expansion of the fibre footprint into more rural
areas under current settings. Our investment appetite for
things like the expansion of our Hyperfibre footprint and
projects to enhance network resilience will also be shaped
by regulatory outcomes.
Sustainability
Report 2021
This is Chorus’ first sustainability report,
reflecting our ambition and commitment to
support New Zealand in its transition to be
more sustainable.
Make
New Zealand
Better
If you’d like more detail on our financial results, the annual
report and a recorded webcast of our results briefing will be
available on our website at www.chorus.co.nz/reports
In the meantime, we’re proceeding with our current business
plan. We’ll continue to promote the migration of copper
customers to fibre and there will be a growing, but still very
modest, number of copper broadband cabinets that we can
retire. And just so there’s no confusion, our copper network
is not being shut down on a widespread basis. It’s still very
much a street by street proposition. As the Commerce
Commission’s broadband monitoring shows, our copper
network continues to provide a high quality of service.
We’ll keep making our organisation more adaptive and even
easier for customers to deal with. In FY22 we’re lifting our
focus on customer experience measures from installations
and intact connections to include a new service assurance
measure. Customer experience will also be an important
element of our new service company contracts from
March 2022.
The unrelenting growth in demand for data, the increasing
reliance on both high-speed download and upload
performance, as well as the emerging awareness of fibre
broadband’s contribution to sustainability, are all underlying
trends that support our business. Our Hyperfibre services
are already making 8Gbps symmetrical speeds available
and 25Gbps capability is on the horizon. This is why fibre
remains the world’s fastest growing and most future proof
access technology.
The rapid evolution of cloud computing and Wi-Fi capability
is exciting and points to future revenue opportunities for us
to explore. We’ve made a promising start with EdgeCentre
facilities and services that leverage our role as a neutral host.
Wi-Fi applications and technologies are where significant
innovation is occurring and governments around the world
have begun to acknowledge this with increased Wi-Fi
spectrum allocations.
Decisions on policy matters like this and within our
broader regulatory context have the potential to amplify
the consumer benefits from fibre in the next few years.
New Zealand has a gigabit head start over the rest of the
world. Let’s make the most of that advantage.
Thank you for your support of Chorus.
Kind regards,
Figure 3:
Our network infrastructure
~600
exchanges
~12,000
cabinets
~300,000
poles
~65,000km duct network~57,000km fibre (excluding service leads)
~130,000km of copper
We have about 820 permanent and fixed term
employees and 140 independent contractors for
our core operations. Several thousand service
company workers and subcontractors undertake
activity on our behalf.
Our network infrastructure enables ~100
retail service providers to connect homes
and businesses nationwide.
We’re a wholesale only, fixed line
telecommunications network operator.
A 2017 study
1
estimated the wider social benefits
from fibre uptake at about NZ$2 billion annually,
in addition to a $3 billion annual contribution to
GDP from business uptake.
73% of our broadband connections are fibre,
enabling rapid growth in broadband speeds
and data demand. 8Gbps Hyperfibre speeds
just launched.
Gigabit broadband and our fibre backhaul is
underpinning the development of sustainable
communities through connections to devices and
other network connectivity.
1. Sapere Research Group: Estimating the wider socio-economic
impacts of Ultra Fast Broadband for New Zealand, August 2018.
---
Annual Report 2021
01 Chorus Board and management overview
14 Management commentary
24 Financial statements
60 Governance and disclosures
92 Glossary
Patrick Strange
Chair
Mark Cross
Chair Audit & Risk Management Committee
FY21 results overview
1 Excludes partly subsidised education connections provided as part of Chorus’ COVID-19 response.
2 Earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) is a non-GAAP profit measure. We monitor this as a key
performance indicator and we believe it assists investors in assessing the performance of the core operations of our business.
3 Based on the average response to four key engagement questions.
EBITDA
2
Customer satisfaction
DividendEmployee engagement score
3
Fixed line connections
1
Broadband connections
1
Fibre connections
1
Net profit after tax
FY21
25cps
FY20
24cps
FY21
8.5 out of 10
3
FY20
8.5
FY21
871,000
FY20
751,000
FY21
$47m
FY20
$52m
FY21
1,180,000
FY20
1,206,000
FY21
1,340,000
FY20
1,415,000
FY21
Installation
8.2 out of 10
(target 8.0)
FY21
Intact
7.5 out of 10
(target 7.5)
FY21
$649m
FY20
$648m
This report is dated 23 August 2021 and is signed on behalf of the Board of Chorus Limited.
Annual Report 20211
Dear investors
Our focus in FY21 was to help consumers
capitalise on the gigabit head start our fibre
network has given New Zealand. We knocked
on about a quarter of a million doors and
supported our 100 or so retailers to connect
another 120,000 consumers to fibre. This saw
fibre uptake grow from 60% to 65% across the
year and represents strong momentum towards
our target of 1 million connections in 2022.
Pleasingly, we lifted customer satisfaction again,
up from 8.1 out of ten to 8.2 for installations and
up from 7.3 to 7.5 for service to homes with an
existing or ‘intact’ fibre socket.
We continued to expand our fibre footprint under our
public-private partnership with the Government. There
are just 53,000 or so homes and businesses remaining
to pass by the end of 2022. Hundreds of small provincial
communities can already enjoy the socio-economic benefits
of fibre connectivity. As New Zealand turns its focus to the
challenges of climate change, there is a growing appreciation
too of the environmental benefits of fibre broadband.
As the greenest broadband technology, using materially
less electricity than copper or mobile technology, fibre is
reducing Chorus’ network energy needs. It is also enabling
New Zealanders to work more flexibly, lowering commuting-
driven carbon emissions.
Broadband’s role as an essential utility is reflected in the
ongoing surge in data demand. Monthly average household
data usage, including both downloads and uploads, grew
from 350 gigabytes (GB) to 432GB across the year. Fibre
customers averaged 500GB in June, up from 436GB the year
before. At the same time, demand for reliable high capacity
broadband was evident in 1 gigabit per second (Gbps)
connections growing to 19% of our fibre connections, up
from 16% last year. This growth is being increasingly driven by
new entrant retailers from the electricity and pay TV sectors.
We enhanced our product portfolio during the year with
new services to support greater industry peering and data
centre connectivity. An 8Gbps Hyperfibre plan was launched
and our in-home Wi-Fi service is being used by some
smaller retailers. These are not yet large revenue earners,
but they underpin our role as a neutral host helping improve
New Zealand’s connectivity.
We did face some headwinds. COVID-19 continued to make
its presence felt with several short lockdowns in Auckland
affecting our fibre marketing activity. The historic levels of
growth in the broadband market have also been constrained
significantly by restrictions on migration into New Zealand.
These pressures, together with the loss of international
roaming revenue, have seen the traditional vertically
integrated mobile network providers increase their focus on
switching their customers from our network to their fixed
wireless solutions.
At times, these campaigns have led to customer confusion,
especially about the status of the copper network, and
we continue to advocate for clearer product disclosure
requirements to help ensure a level playing field. This is
especially important because fixed wireless services don’t
provide the same level of service as fibre - or even VDSL in
most cases – and these service limitations often aren’t made
clear to the customer.
As expected, other fibre companies continued to win copper
customers in those areas where they have overbuilt our
network with fibre. Together, these factors meant we ended
FY21 with 1,340,000 fixed line connections, down 75,000
lines from the year before. Within this total, broadband
connections were down 26,000 to 1,180,000. Most of this
reduction was in other fibre company areas. Our broadband
connections grew by 5,000 in our UFB areas, helped by
strong premises growth. These totals exclude the 10,000
student households we’ve continued to keep connected
to broadband as part of our COVID-19 response, partly
subsidised for the last quarter by the Ministry of Education.
Softer market conditions due to the ongoing effects of
COVID-19 on demand, together with competition from other
fibre and wireless networks, resulted in a $12 million drop in
revenue compared to FY20. Operating expenses reduced by
$13 million, reflecting our continued tight management of
costs and the absence of the significant one-off COVID-19
costs experienced in FY20. This helped us just achieve our
goal of a modest increase in EBITDA, with FY21 EBITDA of
$649 million up $1 million from FY20. Net profit after tax was
$47 million compared to $52 million in FY20.
A recruitment freeze for non-critical roles was in place
for much of FY21. This, together with changes to our
organisational structure through the year, saw total employee
numbers reduce to 817. We appreciate the resilience and
professionalism of Chorus employees through this period.
Some of this change reflects our drive to become a more
adaptive organisation. We’ve introduced agile practices into
our technology teams and are focusing on identifying more
opportunities to simplify the way we operate. Despite the
broad spectrum of change we’re operating in, employee
engagement was consistent with FY20 at 8.5 out of ten.
Our flexible working policy has played a large part in this
outcome with most employees working from home at least
two days a week.
A considerable amount of our people’s time and focus was
again required to help with the new utility-style regulatory
regime being established for our fibre access network.
As we noted last year, the Commerce Commission’s initial
settings don't at all reflect the commercial realities of our
investment in fibre. Our subsequent modelling based on
the Commission’s initial draft price-quality decisions has
suggested asset valuation outcomes that have disappointed
investors and could constrain regulated revenues below our
business plan for 2022 to 2024. Such outcomes would lead
to perverse incentives under the regime. We continue to
engage with the Commission on ways to deliver a transition
to the new framework that encourages ongoing investment
for consumer outcomes. It would be a poor outcome for
New Zealand consumers if this wasn’t achieved.
A fully imputed final dividend of 14.5 cents per share will be
paid on 12 October 2021, bringing total dividends for FY21 to
25 cents per share.
HAVE SIGNATURE WILL
PLACE ON APPROVAL
Annual Report 20212
1.1 UFB rollout 95% complete
We finished FY21 with 871,000 active fibre connections
nationwide, up from 751,000 the year before. About 837,000
of these connections were within our planned ultra fast
broadband (UFB) footprint.
Together, the UFB1 and 2 projects have made fibre available
to about 1.28 million homes and businesses. Across the UFB1
area, where deployment work was completed in late 2019, fibre
uptake grew from 63% to 69% of homes and businesses. Uptake
in New Zealand’s largest city, Auckland, rose from 68% to 75%.
In UFB2 areas, uptake grew from 37% to 42%, even with the
rollout continuing to add a significant number of available
addresses. Another 69,000 homes and businesses were
passed during the year, from Whitianga with more than 3,000
premises to Fox Glacier with just 100.
Figure x:
Chorus UFB uptake
0%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
UFB1UFB2UFB1 contractual uptake target (by 2020)
FY12
FY19FY18FY17FY16FY15FY14FY13FY20FY21
Figure 1:
Fibre uptake – UFB rollout
1.2 Driving fibre uptake as an active wholesaler
We have a range of in-market activity to promote uptake
of fibre services and help consumers understand that
nothing beats a fibre connection when it comes to reliable,
uncongested and unlimited broadband. Our approach has
become even more important with the large, traditional
broadband retailers preferring to promote their own mobile
and fixed wireless network solutions to their incumbent
customers for financial reasons.
In FY21 our activity was concentrated around our own door
knocking campaigns, retailer incentives and leveraging our
Fibre – It’s how we internet now advertising campaign at
national and local levels. Our managed migration campaigns
again proved very successful in stimulating fibre demand.
About 61,000 addresses received an installation through our
door knocking and direct marketing efforts, up from 32,000
last year. Approximately 30,000 connections resulted from
our migration programme installations.
We provided a range of incentives for retailers to, for
example, migrate ‘late adopters’ from copper to fibre and
win offnet customers onto the 1 gigabit fibre service. Fibre
solutions for price conscious consumers were encouraged
with an incentive for retailers offering a standalone price
point of $60 or less for entry level 50Mbps fibre plans.
The combination of incentives and marketing activity in
UFB1 fibre areas with comparatively low uptake produced
good results. The Wellington-Kapiti region, where we have
had historically low market share due to the presence
of a competing cable network, saw uptake increase by
approximately 10%.
1.3 Customer experience
We’re focussed on doing everything we can to keep improving
the experience consumers have when they connect to
fibre. We were pleased to see customer satisfaction for
fibre installations increase again in FY21, to 8.2 out of 10.
This was above our target of 8.0 on a 12-month average.
Strong satisfaction scores through the year reflect the work
we’ve done with retailers on processes and communication,
a greater proportion of orders via our door knocking
programme and a reduction in the number of delayed
installations. Door knocking typically produces a smoother
connection process because of direct conversations with the
consumer, but we continue to invest so that retailer-driven
connections are as effective as possible.
We put a lot of effort into improving the connection
experience of customers when they move to fibre ‘intact’
premises. These are homes, or businesses, where fibre is
already installed and we just need to activate the broadband
service. We worked closely with retailers to identify initiatives
including clearer communication about the processes for
retailers and consumers, reducing the activation time to
as little as one hour and identifying solutions for situations
where a previous homeowner’s service had not yet been
disconnected. These initiatives produced strong results
and lifted customer satisfaction from 7.3 to our rolling
three-month target of 7.5.
Our investment in automating and streamlining our systems
and processes continues to help retailers enhance their own
service delivery, drive longer term reductions in our operational
costs, and enable much better service to consumers.
Enhanced options for fault diagnosis, for example, has reduced
unnecessary technician visits by almost half. This has in turn
helped us improve restoration times for genuine network faults.
Optimisation of queries into our call centre and the speeding
up of order processing were other areas of focus in FY21.
1.4 Data demand
Average monthly data usage grew by almost a quarter
through FY21 from 350GB to 432GB, with fibre consumers
averaging 500GB a month by the end of the year. Average
throughput on our network at these times is close to
consistently touching the 3 terabit per second record that
was set during the nationwide lockdown in March 2020.
Peak time traffic around 9pm grew by 28%.
Annual Report 20213
This rapid data growth points to the ongoing rise in
consumers streaming online content and we expect this
strong growth to continue in coming years. NZ On Air
consumer research in mid-2020 suggested digital media
audiences were on the cusp of overtaking traditional media
audiences for the first time, with YouTube the leading digital
platform. Daily streamed video on demand had grown to 95
minutes per person from just six minutes the year before.
Other market research has noted the strong growth in video
on-demand subscriptions as the popularity of services like
Netflix, Disney+ and Amazon Prime Video continues to build.
The shift to online content is only likely to continue
in FY22 with local TV networks expected to offer content
from NBC Universal and Discovery+ as part of their
streaming platforms.
These trends continue to support our forecast of 1,000GB
average monthly demand by 2024. 4K capable TV sets are
sold widely and 4K quality content is beginning to emerge
across online platforms. The shift to online gaming platforms
is expected to drive bandwidth demand further again, as will
the future availability of 8K TVs and content.
Figure 2 :
Average monthly usage per connection on our fibre network
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Jun-21Dec-20Jun-20Dec-19Jun-19Dec-18Jun-18Dec-17Jun-17Dec-16Jun-16Dec-15
DownstreamUpstream (shown from June 2020 onwards)
Average monthly usage (gigabytes)
COVID-19 lockdowns
As expected, the experience of COVID-19 lockdowns and
the shift to more working from home has had a noticeable
effect on consumer behaviour. Daytime bandwidth demand
reflects greater upstream traffic, due to more use of
videoconferencing, and consumers place greater value on
reliable broadband at home. This is reflected in retailers now
offering broadband packages tailored to people spending
more time working from home, with an emphasis on features
such as upload performance and security. We’ve also seen
uptake of 1Gbps connections on our network grow from 16%
to 19% of mass market fibre connections over the year.
The Commerce Commission’s independent broadband
monitoring reports continue to highlight the strong
performance of fibre relative to other technologies when
it comes to features like latency, speed and two-way
traffic. Our fibre and VDSL copper broadband services are
consistently shown as performing better than 4G fixed wireless
at peak times. This reflects the shared nature of wireless
networks, that makes them more prone to congestion.
The report also noted that fixed wireless connections are
more likely to experience issues with applications requiring
low latency, such as online gaming and video calls.
Despite this independent evidence, wireless broadband
providers are not required to disclose the expected
performance of their service. This is the one area of
New Zealand’s broadband regime where we believe
consumer protections are falling very short. In Europe
and Australia, broadband providers for fixed and wireless
networks have the same standards of product disclosure.
In New Zealand, only fixed line broadband consumers are
told exactly what they are getting. This difference is very
concerning when we continue to field reports of consumers
being transferred to a wireless service if they don’t object
within a certain timeframe (known as inertia selling). Some of
these consumers were previously on VDSL services that
provided better performance than the wireless service they
were transferred to.
Annual Report 20214
Figure 3:
Average daily internet usage across the Chorus network 2018 – 2021
Peak trac of 2.81Tbps
2018202120192020
Average daily usage (Tbps)
0
1
2
3
12:00 PM8:00 PM4:00 PM12:00 PM8:00 AM4:00 AM12:00 AM
1.5 Product development
We launched a range of new services through the year as
part of our strategic priority to grow new revenue.
The biggest area of development was in the backhaul space.
Our new mobile access service is growing as mobile network
providers expand their coverage in both urban and rural
areas. We launched a peering service in conjunction with
the New Zealand Internet Exchange to enable retailers to
peer (i.e. exchange data directly between each other) via
our Mount Eden exchange. A new EdgeConnect service
also enables traffic to be connected to a centralised
Internet Exchange from a different city or region using our
extensive network reach. We believe these new services will
significantly improve the peering landscape in New Zealand
with enhanced interconnectivity between service providers.
We developed a backhaul service to connect data centres to
our exchanges and to other data centres. At the same time,
we continue to believe there is a strong opportunity for us
to use our exchanges to support the growing shift in cloud
computing services to network edges. The original trial rack
spaces in our Mount Eden EdgeCentre space are now filled
and we’ve opened new space in Tauranga. We don't intend
to compete with fully fledged data centres, but we believe
that there is a strong opportunity for us to use our exchange
space to support the growing shift in cloud computing
services to network edges.
We drove rapid uptake of our small business plans with
businesses recognising the added value we’ve provided
through the introduction of enhanced service level
commitments. Fibre connections to smart locations such
as CCTVs and traffic lights continued to grow, but the pace
slowed because of the economic effects of COVID-19.
We expanded on the 2 and 4Gbps Hyperfibre services we
launched in 2020 with the introduction of an 8Gbps service in
Auckland and Wellington. These advanced speeds have been
made possible by the next wave of passive optical network
(PON) technology. Our regular UFB fibre services are provided
on gigabit PON (GPON) technology, while Hyperfibre services
use 10-Gigabit-symmetrical PON (XGS-PON). With the
rapid growth in data needs and the acceleration in fibre
deployments globally, network vendors are already trialling
25 gigabit services as the next evolution in fibre capability.
Annual Report 20215
Figure 4:
Our network infrastructure
1.6 Optimising our non-fibre assets
One of our four strategic pillars is to optimise our non-fibre
assets. We made good progress in FY21.
The Commerce Commission published the final Copper
Withdrawal Code in late 2020, enabling us to begin a small
scale trial of withdrawing copper services in areas where fibre
is available. We’re required to give customers six months'
notice of our intention and have done this for about 1,100
addresses across 129 cabinets to date. This is focused on
cabinets where customer numbers are low and the copper
maintenance costs are very high. The first of these cabinets
are due to be turned off in September 2021. The trial will
be extended to more cabinets as we develop our processes
and the number of customers remaining on copper cabinets
reduces to levels where withdrawal makes sense.
Another programme is underway to rationalise the legacy
network equipment we have in Spark exchanges. This will
result in ongoing cost savings. We’re also reviewing our
network needs outside our fibre areas and we began
disposing of sites that are now non-essential. This includes
old radio sites and surplus exchanges that are no longer
economic to maintain.
2.0
We have about 820 permanent and fixed term
employees and 140 independent contractors for
our core operations. Several thousand service
company workers and subcontractors undertake
activity on our behalf.
Our network infrastructure enables ~100
retail service providers to connect homes
and businesses nationwide.
We’re a wholesale only, fixed line
telecommunications network operator.
A 2017 study
1
estimated the wider social benefits
from fibre uptake at about NZ$2 billion annually,
in addition to a $3 billion annual contribution to
GDP from business uptake.
73% of our broadband connections are fibre,
enabling rapid growth in broadband speeds
and data demand. 8Gbps Hyperfibre speeds
just launched.
Gigabit broadband and our fibre backhaul is
underpinning the development of sustainable
communities through connections to devices and
other network connectivity.
~600
exchanges
~12,000
cabinets
~300,000
poles
~65,000km duct network~57,000km fibre (excluding service leads)
~130,000km of copper
1. Sapere Research Group: Estimating the wider socio-
economic impacts of Ultra Fast Broadband for
New Zealand, August 2017.
Annual Report 20216
The New Zealand market
COVID-19 has slowed overall growth of the
New Zealand broadband market, increasing
competitive intensity between the 100 or so
retail broadband retailers. Industry reports
continue to suggest large incumbent retailers
are experiencing declining market share.
This reflects the way our open access network
fosters competition, enabling all retailers to
offer services on an equivalent basis.
2.1 Bundling of complementary services
Retailers that bundle electricity and broadband services are
winning a growing share of fibre uptake. This bundling play is
being mirrored by Australian electricity retailers.
Contact Energy is particularly active in our market with some
of the sharpest 100Mbps pricing at about $60 per month
when bundled with electricity. This compares to an industry
average of around $85 monthly. Contact is the second
largest electricity and gas retailer with more than 400,000
customers and has doubled its broadband customers to
about 50,000 in FY21.
Trustpower is the fifth largest electricity retailer. It has been
bundling broadband for some years and has grown to be
the fifth largest broadband retailer, with about 110,000 telco
connections. In June its retail business was purchased by
Mercury Energy, New Zealand’s fourth largest electricity
retailer, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval. If the
sale proceeds, Mercury’s scale is expected to drive even
more bundling momentum in the market.
Vocus New Zealand has been offering electricity to its telco
customers for some time. It is the third largest broadband
retailer and media reports suggest it may be sold in a
sharemarket listing following a change in the ownership of
Vocus Australia.
Another significant market development was Sky TV’s entry
into the broadband market in the second half of FY21. Sky TV
delivers most of its pay TV content via satellite with set-top
boxes in about one-third of New Zealand households. It also
has approximately 350,000 streaming customers. It has
selected the 1Gbps fibre plan as its ‘hero’ product with a retail
price of $79 for unlimited data for its set-top box customers.
Figure 5:
The New Zealand fixed line market
Rationalisation, new entrants and new business models are disrupting the New Zealand market.
Note: Fibre to the premises will cover ~87% of NZ population by the end of 2022
Power + Broadband
Mobile networkWireless Broadband
Chorus
Nationwide network access
wholesaled to ~100 retail service providers;
Fibre to pass ~1.36m homes and businesses
Local Fibre Companies:
Enable – Ultrafast Fibre – Northpower
Fibre past ~450k homes and businesses
Retail Service
Providers:
Local Media:
(Broadcast)
Local Media:
(On Demand)
Fixed Line
Access
Networks:
TV3
3Now
BBC iPlayer Apple TV Google Play Netflix YouTube Hulu Amazon Disney+
International
media providers:
OnDemand
TVNZSky TV
Neon
Trustpower
Others e.g.
Slingshot, Orcon, Flip
Vocus
Vodafone TV
Vodafone
HFC cable in
Wellington +
Christchurch
(~60k customers)
Spark Sport
+Skinny
Spark
2degrees
Sky
Megatel
Nova Energy
Contact Energy
MyRepublic
Voyager
NOW
Annual Report 20217
2.2 The growing role of Wi-Fi
A notable feature of retail broadband offers in the last 12
months has been the focus on in-home Wi-Fi solutions.
Poor performing Wi-Fi has long been a cause of customer
complaints about broadband performance and the latest
generation of Wi-Fi mesh devices is helping provide a
solution. Various retailers are now providing their own Wi-Fi
devices as a point of difference in their retail offers. These
include Wi-Fi 6 capable devices that enable enhanced speed
and reduced latency.
Our Wi-Fi 5 capable fibre terminals have begun to be used by
some smaller retailers to enable Wi-Fi. This add-on service
removes the need for retailers to dispatch their own routers
to customers and enables customers to get their broadband
up and running almost straight away.
We’re keeping a close eye on global Wi-Fi developments
given its complementary role with fibre access products.
Wi-Fi 6 devices, for example, are seen as a potential
alternative to 5G in enterprise and other private environments
where cost effective capacity and support for a large number
of devices is important. To fully benefit from gigabit speeds
on fibre, homes and businesses need Wi-Fi that can keep
pace. Wi-Fi has long been a hotbed for broadband innovation
and there is a fast-growing global push to release substantial
amounts of unlicensed spectrum in the 6GHz range.
This would greatly expand the capability of Wi-Fi, enabling
substantial increases in real world speeds and encouraging
development of new consumer devices and applications.
New Zealand is currently consulting on its approach to this
spectrum.
2.3 Fixed wireless
New Zealand’s third mobile network operator, 2degrees,
has now joined Spark and Vodafone in offering fixed wireless
services. The Commerce Commission reported there were
221,000 customers on fixed wireless in 2019/20. These
customers are mostly on a 4G service, with Vodafone
and Spark continuing to build out their 5G coverage in
selected centres.
2degrees has said it will have 5G in market by the end of
2021. It is the fourth largest broadband retailer and there are
reports it may also be listed publicly in the near future.
Vodafone has said it hopes 25% of its broadband customers
will migrate to its fixed wireless network while Spark has said
its aspiration is 30% to 40% of its base. Both retailers offer
unlimited data plans on fixed wireless, although fair use
policies apply.
Increased spectrum capacity will become available for
fixed wireless services through the auction of 3.5GHz and
millimetre wave spectrum by late 2022. In the meantime,
short term management rights for 3.5GHz spectrum have
been allocated, enabling some expansion of 5G coverage.
While fixed wireless has become a viable product for some
customers it cannot offer the same level of service as fibre.
This is well demonstrated by the independent monitoring by
the Commerce Commission.
2.4 Rural broadband
Chorus operates ADSL and VDSL broadband across large
parts of rural New Zealand. We’ve currently ruled out
expanding fibre coverage to existing communities beyond
our planned UFB footprint. This is because of the restrictive
rate of allowable returns and geographic pricing constraints
that apply to our services under the regulatory framework.
The Rural Connectivity Group, a joint venture between
the three mobile network operators, is building hundreds
of rural mobile sites under a rural service agreement with
the Government. Chorus is providing fibre backhaul for
the cellsites within fibre reach for a 10-year period. These
new towers are increasing the footprint for fixed wireless
competition, but they won’t cover the most remote copper
network customers.
Starlink has begun providing low earth orbit satellite
broadband as a beta service in parts of New Zealand.
Pricing is around $160 monthly for unlimited data, plus the
upfront cost of customer premises equipment at around
$800, with indicative speeds said to be between 50 to 150
megabits per second (Mbps). This service could provide an
alternative for rural customers, particularly where copper
speeds are low.
The net effect of these developments is that it is becoming
less economic for Chorus to invest in further upgrades to its
rural network.
Annual Report 20218
Figure 6:
Summary of key market trends
Our market driversWhat we’re focussed on
Large vertically integrated retailers are
encouraging customers to use their own fixed
wireless, cable and legacy fibre networks to
reduce their wholesale network costs.
We’re an active wholesaler, promoting our extensive broadband footprint
through advertising, retailer campaigns and our own door knocking initiatives.
Our network supports about 100 retailers, including new entrants from the
electricity and pay TV sectors.
Competing fibre companies have overbuilt our
existing copper network with fibre as part of the
Government’s UFB programme.
We’re optimising our business in these competing areas and maximising
our broadband share in other areas experiencing premises growth,
particularly Auckland.
Traditional voice only connections are declining
with changing demographics and wireless
service options.
Broadband penetration is growing, but at a slower rate due to the market effects
of COVID-19. We’re commercialising new potential revenue streams identified
by our innovation programme, such as data centres and smart city connectivity.
Technology keeps evolving, with 5G potentially
enhancing the capability of mobile/wireless
technologies as a fixed line alternative for
low data users.
Fibre is recognised as providing highly reliable broadband, particularly at peak
usage times. About 19% of our fibre consumers are on 1Gbps services and we’ve
launched Hyperfibre products up to 8Gbps. We see 5G as complementary
technology with more cellsites likely to require fibre backhaul.
3.0
Annual Report 20219
Regulatory environment
We operate our wholesale only network within
the regulatory framework established by the
Telecommunications Act. We’re also subject
to the requirements of four open access deeds
of undertaking for copper, fibre and Rural
Broadband Initiative services that focus on the
provision of services on a non-discriminatory
basis. This regime will remain in place alongside
the revised utility model now being implemented
by the Commerce Commission (the Commission).
3.1 Moving to a regulated utility model
In November 2018, the Telecommunications (New
Regulatory Framework) Amendment Act passed into law with
bipartisan political support. This marked the culmination of
five years of policy review of the regulatory framework that
applies to our business and the decision to transition to a
utility-style framework for fibre access services.
Under the new framework our fibre investment will be
regulated according to a utility style building block model
from 2022. This model is already used to regulate other
New Zealand utility businesses, such as electricity lines
and gas networks. It is intended to support private sector
investment to meet network upgrades and increasing
consumer demands through ongoing incentives to innovate,
invest and improve efficiency for the long term benefit
of customers.
The legislation also provides for deregulation of copper
services in areas where fibre is available. This includes
the ability to withdraw copper once consumer protection
requirements are met, as set out under the Commission’s
Copper Withdrawal Code. Copper services remain regulated
in areas where fibre is not available, with copper prices
annually adjusted for inflation.
Key features of the new fibre regime are:
• key fibre prices are frozen at 2020 pricing levels, adjusted
for inflation, until 2022.
• “anchor” or declared services (e.g. fibre voice services,
direct fibre access, 100Mbps fibre) are regulated from
2022-2024.
• unbundling of the fibre network is available in UFB1 areas
on a commercial basis.
Figure 7:
New regulatory framework to replace UFB contractual framework by January 2022
87% of population where fibre will be available by end of 2022Remaining 13% of population
Fibre access network
• Regulated asset base (RAB) with revenue cap
to be determined by Commerce Commission
• Price caps on contracted fibre products,
with annual inflation adjustment, until 2022.
Price caps then apply to "anchor" or declared
services: fibre voice service, a fibre broadband
service and a direct fibre access service
• Unbundled fibre (commercial price)
available in UFB1 areas from 2020
and UFB2 areas from 2026
• Three years after new regime commences,
the Commission can review the revenue
cap model and anchor products, subject to
specified conditions and statutory criteria
Copper - where fibre is available:
• Copper network deregulated and
Telecommunications Service Obligation
(TSO) removed
• Chorus can withdraw copper service,
subject to minimum consumer protection
requirements, developed by the
Commission
Copper - where fibre is not available:
• Copper remains regulated and TSO applies
• Copper pricing adjusted annually for
inflation
• Commission required to review pricing
framework no later than 2025
Annual Report 202110
3.2 Fibre input methodologies and
Price-Quality process
In late 2020 the Commission released its final decisions on
the Fibre Input Methodologies. These set the framework
for determining the key elements of the new regime, such
as the starting value of our regulated asset base (RAB), the
regulatory weighted average cost of capital, cost allocations,
and our maximum allowable revenue (MAR). Taken together,
these elements determine the revenues we can earn from
our regulated fibre network.
The Input Methodologies requirements underpinned our
Initial Asset Value model submitted to the Commission in
March 2021 under the Price-Quality process. This model
suggested a conservative starting RAB of $5.5 billion for
Chorus’ fixed line fibre access services at 1 January 2022.
We also provided an alternative cost allocation approach
supporting a RAB of approximately $6 billion if the full costs
of structural separation, as required by the public-private
partnership with the Government, were considered.
In mid-May 2021 we provided our MAR submission to
the Commission for the first regulatory period from 2022
to 2024. This indicated an annual revenue cap range of
$720 million to $820 million during the period and was
consistent with our forecast fibre revenues. Our proposal
included the use of tilted depreciation to ensure a smooth
transition into the new regulatory regime and provide
positive incentives to keep growing the fibre business.
In late May the Commission released a draft price-quality
determination that referenced an annual revenue range
of $689 million to $786 million. The decision included a
diminishing value depreciation method for the financial loss
asset, a preliminary post-tax weighted average cost of capital
(WACC) of 4.46%, and reductions to our proposed capital
and operating expenditure.
In July 2021 the Commission determined a mid-point vanilla
WACC of 4.72% and a post-tax WACC of 4.52% for the
first regulatory period from 2022 to 2024. As we’ve noted
previously, this level of WACC is below that required to
ensure our cost of capital reflects a fair return to investors,
given the substantial investment risks taken in financing the
fibre network and the technological risk that could emerge
over time.
On 19 August 2021 the Commission released a draft
decision proposing an initial RAB of $5.427 billion for
Chorus’ regulated fibre business from January 2022. The
Commission’s draft RAB is made up of core fibre assets of
$3.98 billion and a financial loss asset of $1.446 billion. The
Commission noted that if all other aspects of its draft price-
quality decision in May remained unchanged, its indicative
estimate of the combined impact of these decisions would
lead to a 2%-2.5% reduction in Chorus’ MAR over the first
regulatory period.
Poor outcomes for consumers and perverse incentives for
Chorus will arise if the revenue cap ends up constraining our
natural expected rate of growth. Consumers are currently
benefitting from strong network investment, incentives to
encourage fibre uptake and the ongoing development of
new and higher-speed products. We would have limited
incentives to keep growing and enhancing fibre services
if the revenue cap is met when fibre uptake has only just
reached 65%: this would be a very perverse outcome.
Significant steps remain to be completed under the
Commission’s process. We continue to make extensive
submissions in support of a smooth revenue path into the
new regime that ensures consumers continue to benefit from
investment in world class fibre services. We’ve also requested
that the Commission expedite its processes so that we have
sufficient certainty of outcomes ahead of the January 2022
implementation date.
Indicative fibre regulation timeline
August 2021Initial Price-Quality RAB
draft decision
December 2021Transitional Price-Quality
RAB final decision
Price-Quality final decision
Mid 2022
Initial Price-Quality RAB final
decision
3.3 Commercial services for fibre unbundling
We’ve built our fibre network to enable unbundled fibre
services by providing a second fibre to each premises.
This means retailers can choose to use our passive
infrastructure - fibre optic cables, ducts, and poles – and their
own broadband electronics, to deliver services to customers.
We’ve developed commercial terms for our point-to-
multipoint layer 1 fibre access service (PONFAS), including
a monthly access charge of about $28 per month to cover
access to the fibre between the premises and the splitter, as
well as $200 per month to access the feeder fibre from each
splitter to a central network point. The pricing reflects the fact
that passive infrastructure costs, known as layer 1, comprise
most of our rollout investment, with broadband electronics,
known as layer 2, representing a very small component.
The Commission has developed guidance on fibre
equivalence and non-discrimination obligations following
concerns from some retailers about our PONFAS terms. It is
currently conducting a compliance assessment of the non-
price terms of all Local Fibre Companies’ layer 1 fibre access
services. Unbundled services will not be available in UFB2
areas until 2026.
4.0
Annual Report 202111
Outlook
FY22 is a crossroads year for Chorus and
the ongoing development of New Zealand’s
broadband landscape. We’ve invested billions of
dollars since 2011 to help create a fibre network
that other countries are now racing to replicate.
The challenges of COVID-19 have accelerated
the digitalisation of socio-economic activity
and demand for bandwidth that’s always on has
made fibre networks a must have. In Australia
the government-owned National Broadband
Network has said it will upgrade up to 2 million
more premises to full fibre. In the United
Kingdom, BT has committed to take fibre to
25 million homes after regulatory commitments
to a fair return on fibre investment.
With our fibre network now 95% complete, our strategy for
FY22 remains largely unchanged. At its core, we’re more
focussed than ever on making New Zealand better. We want
to keep unlocking the potential of fibre by continuing to
connect people and technology, while developing services
that underpin even better applications and use of the cloud.
We’ve put our new sustainability policy at the heart of our
strategy with an emphasis on helping more Kiwis participate
in a positive digital life. Our first Sustainability Report has
been published alongside this Annual Report. Greater
adoption of digital tools and solutions, backed by the low
emission advantages of fibre broadband, has an important
part to play in accelerating New Zealand’s journey to carbon
neutrality. We’ll be working with groups like Senior Net
and Digital Journeys to help close the digital divide and
strengthen digital skills of people and businesses.
We’ve got plenty of work to do to get to our goal of 1 million
fibre connections by the end of 2022. Fixed wireless
services can deliver a broadband service that may provide
a credible alternative for some customers, depending on
things like coverage and data needs. We’re comfortable
with competition, but we believe consumers should be fully
informed about their options and the characteristics of the
product they are paying for. Too often we’re being contacted
by consumers who haven’t realised that they’ve been
switched from a fixed line, or where their wireless service is
of a lower quality.
This is why we’ve been investing in strong public information
campaigns and advertising activity. We want consumers
to be able to make an informed choice. We’ve also been
providing retailers with marketing incentives to promote
fibre uptake. These are a critical tool for us when mobile
network operators have substantial retail market power, large
incumbent customer bases, and prefer that consumers use
their wireless networks. The playing field is further tilted
in their favour because, unlike fibre, fixed wireless services
aren’t subject to price or quality regulation.
We're encouraged by recent Commerce Commission
proposals to require retailers to provide clearer product
disclosure for consumers. However, we’re concerned by the
suggestion in the Commission’s draft price-quality decision
that our retailer incentives require a drawn-out approval
process. This would tilt the retail broadband market in the
favour of large incumbents that do not have the willingness
to promote fibre like the smaller retailers do.
We wrote to the Commission to express our concern that this
approach and their draft cuts to our expenditure proposals
do not adequately reflect our market context. Taken together
with the low WACC settings and our proposed initial asset
valuation of $5.5 billion, there is a genuine risk that the
new regulatory framework could discourage anything but
essential investment for the next three years.
Chorus’ share price has dropped substantially over the last
six months, reflecting initial asset valuations below market
expectations and the potential for the cap on our regulated
fibre revenues to be set below our business plan forecasts.
Investors are concerned that the regulatory process has
retrospectively written down the value of the investment
we’ve made in the fibre network over the last decade. This is
an extremely poor advertisement for investment in future
New Zealand infrastructure public-private partnerships.
Market analysis suggests that a fairer approach to our
investment risks, the cost of equity and the treatment of
Crown funding should value the fibre network at more
than $7 billion. Our initial $5.5 billion valuation, based on
measures that don’t reflect our commercial reality, means
we’ve had to propose acceleration of depreciation as a
way to bridge the potential gap between our business plan
revenue forecasts and the revenue cap for 2022 to 2024.
With fibre uptake at 65%, a revenue cap that doesn’t allow
for growth at the rate we’ve forecast means we would be
Annual Report 202112
discouraged from making ongoing discretionary investment
in fibre. We’ve already responded to investor feedback by
ruling out expansion of the fibre footprint into more rural
areas under current settings. Our investment appetite for
things like the expansion of our Hyperfibre footprint and
projects to enhance network resilience will also be shaped by
regulatory outcomes.
In the meantime, we’re proceeding with our current business
plan. We’ll continue to promote the migration of copper
customers to fibre and there will be a growing, but still very
modest, number of copper broadband cabinets that we can
retire. And just so there’s no confusion, our copper network
is not being shut down on a widespread basis. It’s still very
much a street by street proposition. As the Commerce
Commission’s broadband monitoring shows, our copper
network continues to provide a high quality of service.
We’ll keep making our organisation more adaptive and even
easier for customers to deal with. In FY22 we’re lifting our
focus on customer experience measures from installations
and intact connections to include a new service assurance
measure. Customer experience will also be an important
element of our new service company contracts from
March 2022.
The unrelenting growth in demand for data, the increasing
reliance on both high-speed download and upload
performance, as well as the emerging awareness of fibre
broadband’s contribution to sustainability, are all underlying
trends that support our business. Our Hyperfibre services
are already making 8Gbps symmetrical speeds available
and 25Gbps capability is on the horizon. This is why fibre
remains the world’s fastest growing and most future proof
access technology.
The rapid evolution of cloud computing and Wi-Fi capability
is exciting and points to future revenue opportunities for us
to explore. We’ve made a promising start with EdgeCentre
facilities and services that leverage our role as a neutral host.
Wi-Fi applications and technologies are where significant
innovation is occurring and governments around the world
have begun to acknowledge this with increased Wi-Fi
spectrum allocations.
Decisions on policy matters like this and within our
broader regulatory context have the potential to amplify
the consumer benefits from fibre in the next few years.
New Zealand has a gigabit head start over the rest of the
world. Let’s make the most of that advantage.
Annual Report 202113
Our strategic focus
Annual Report 202114
Annual Report 202115
Management
commentary
16 In summary
17 Revenue commentary
18 Expenditure commentary
21 Capital Expenditure commentary
23 Long term capital management
Annual Report 202116
2021
$M
2020
$M
Operating revenue947959
Operating expenses(298)(311)
Earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortisation649648
Depreciation and amortisation(425)(402)
Earnings before interest and income tax224246
Net finance expense(152)(173)
Net earnings before income tax7273
Income tax expense(25)(21)
Net earnings for the year4752
In summary
1 Excludes education connections partly subsidised as part of Chorus’ COVID-19 response.
We report earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation
and amortisation (EBITDA) of $649 million for the year
ended 30 June 2021 (FY21), an increase of $1 million from
FY20. The prior year included a net $12 million COVID-19
impact on EBITDA with a similar impact on EBITDA in FY21.
Net earnings decreased by $5 million year on year.
Softer market conditions due to the ongoing effects of
COVID-19 on demand, together with competition from other
fibre and wireless networks, resulted in a $12 million drop in
revenue compared to FY20. Operating expenses reduced by
$13 million, reflecting our continued tight management of
costs and the absence of significant one-off COVID-19 costs
experienced in FY20.
Capital expenditure of $672 million was at the lower
end of the revised FY21 guidance range of $670 million
to $700 million. The slight increase from FY20 capital
expenditure of $663 million was mainly due to the
commencement of the West Coast fibre rollout and strong
demand for fibre to new property developments, partly offset
by $10 million decrease in copper spend.
Depreciation continued to increase, reflecting the continued
rollout of our fibre network. Software amortisation increased
compared to prior year due to higher software additions.
There was a net decrease in finance expense due to the
refinancing of debt at lower interest rates.
We will pay a final dividend of 14.5 cents per share on
12 October 2021 and the dividend reinvestment plan will
be available.
Connections
30 Jun 2021
Connections
31 Dec 2020
Connections
30 Jun 2020
Fibre broadband (GPON)860,000802,000740,000
Fibre premium (P2P)11,00011,00011,000
Copper VDSL157,000184,000221,000
Copper ADSL163,000197,000245,000
Data services over copper2,0003,0004,000
Unbundled copper10,00013,00015,000
Baseband copper137,000159,000179,000
Total fixed line connections
1
1,340,0001,369,0001,415,000
Management commentary
Annual Report 202117
Revenue commentary
2021
$M
2020
$M
Fibre broadband (GPON)477393
Copper based broadband203271
Copper based voice6882
Fibre premium (P2P)6873
Field services products6265
Value added network services3029
Infrastructure2724
Data services over copper916
Other36
Total revenue947959
Revenue overview
Chorus’ product portfolio encompasses a broad range of
wholesale broadband, data and voice services across a
mix of regulated and commercial products. Revenues of
$947 million decreased by $12 million from FY20 reflecting a
reduction of 75,000 total fixed line connections. The majority
of line losses were copper-based voice connections. Fibre
broadband revenue grew strongly as customers upgraded
to fibre from copper-based services and demand for higher
speed broadband increased.
Fibre broadband (GPON)
Fibre broadband revenues continue to grow as customers
migrate to our growing fibre network and broadband
penetration increases. Fibre broadband connections grew by
16% to 860,000, with about 67% of connections on 100/20
Mbps plans, down from 69% in FY20. Uptake of 1 Gbps plans
grew from 16% to 19% throughout the year, driven by our
incentive campaigns to promote higher speed plans.
Copper based broadband
Copper based broadband revenue continues to decline as
customers migrate from our ADSL and VDSL broadband
services to either our fibre network or alternative fibre and
wireless networks.
Copper based voice
Copper based voice revenues continue to decline as
customers migrate to either a fibre based connection on
our network, or to alternative fibre and wireless networks.
Copper based voice connections declined by 42,000 lines
in FY21 compared with 35,000 in FY20. Unbundled copper
connections declined at the same rate as the prior year.
Fibre premium (P2P)
Fibre premium (point to point) revenues decreased in FY21
as customers migrated from high value legacy connections.
Total connections in this category remained constant as
demand for Direct Fibre Access Service, other backhaul
connections and mobile access increased.
Field services product
Field services revenue reduced by $3 million relative to FY20.
This was due to reduced demand across services such as
chargeable maintenance and installation activity.
Value added network services
Value-added network services revenue increased slightly in
FY21 due to one-off historic dispute resolution. The main
driver for this revenue item is national data transport services
which provide network connectivity across legacy backhaul
links and aggregation handover links.
Infrastructure
Infrastructure revenues increased $3 million to $27 million
in FY21 reflecting a change in lease treatment for retailers’
use of Chorus’ buildings. While there was ongoing growth in
demand for commercial co-location, this was largely offset
by reduced demand for unbundled copper access space in
exchanges.
Data services over copper
Data services over copper connections continue to decline
as retailers transition business customers from legacy
services to cheaper fibre based services, either on our fibre
network, or on alternative local and CBD fibre networks.
Other
Other income largely consisted of revenue generated from
the provision of billing and network management services to
Spark, and settlements. FY20 included a favourable one-off
settlement of $3 million.
Annual Report 202118
Expenditure commentary
Operating expenses
2021
$M
2020
$M
Labour7480
Network maintenance6364
Information technology4847
Other network costs2929
Electricity1815
Rent and rates1213
Property maintenance1212
Provisioning25
Insurance43
Consultants79
Regulatory levies87
Other2127
Total operating expenses298311
Total operating expenses of $298 million in FY21 reduced
by $13 million compared to $311 million in FY20. The prior
year included significant COVID-19 cost impacts. In FY21
we maintained a direct focus on reducing costs across
the business as our organisation moves from a build to
operations focus, which helped offset increased cost
inflation in a number of areas.
Labour
Labour of $74 million reduced by $6 million in FY21
compared to $80 million in FY20. The FY20 costs included
staff costs that were not capitalised due to COVID-19
restrictions on activity. At 30 June 2021, we had 817
permanent and fixed term employees representing a
6% decrease from 870 employees in 30 June 2020.
This reduction was driven by changes in our operating
model as the fibre rollout winds down and we transition to a
more operational and adaptive organisation. These changes
resulted in one-off restructuring costs of $2 million.
We capitalise the labour costs and the associated overheads
in relation to the UFB build and connect activity. As this
activity reduces, we expect the related labour cost savings to
be largely capital in nature.
Network maintenance
Network maintenance costs reduced by $1 million from FY20.
Overall fault volumes continued to reduce as more customers
connect to the newer fibre network and total connections
declined. However, FY21 costs did not reduce to the same
extent as in FY20 because the prior year featured COVID-19
restrictions on activity affecting the network. FY21 also
featured unfavourable weather events that, together with third
party network damage, increased the average cost per fault.
Information technology
Information technology costs were up $1 million compared
to FY20, largely due to the decommissioning of legacy
copper network equipment within Spark exchange sites.
Other network costs
Other network costs are variable year to year and include
a range of costs associated with service partner contracts,
fibre access from third parties, roadworks and other network
relocation projects, fibre order cancellations, network spares,
and network and property optimisation costs. FY20 included
approximately $5 million in payments to service companies
for COVID-19 support. FY21 included higher pole testing
spend and costs to optimise our property portfolio, including
removing equipment from Spark exchanges to reduce future
lease liabilities.
Electricity
Electricity costs increased due to higher electricity prices in
the second half of FY21 more than offsetting a continued
reduction in electricity consumption. Chorus hedges
approximately 50% of its consumption with hedge contracts
entered into up to 24 months in advance.
Rent and rates
Rent and rates costs relate to the operation of our network
estate including exchanges, radio sites and roadside cabinets.
These costs include rates that are levied on network assets
both above and below ground.
Annual Report 202119
Provisioning
Provisioning represents costs to provide connection services
that are unable to be capitalised. These costs are reducing as
the level of copper related activity reduces.
Insurance
Insurance increased due to higher premiums driven by
prevalent economic conditions.
Consultants
Consultant costs reduced by $2 million from FY20 due to
the timing of activity to support implementation of the new
regulated utility framework for fibre that will apply from
January 2022.
Regulatory levies
Regulatory levies increased by $1 million compared to
FY20 due to the Building Block Model (BBM) levy for the
Commerce Commission’s implementation of the new fibre
regulatory framework.
Other
Other costs include expenditure on general costs such as
advertising, telecommunications, travel, training and legal
fees. These reduced by $6 million in FY21, mainly as a result
of adjustments to our doubtful debt provision and lower
advertising spend.
Depreciation and amortisation
2021
$M
2020
$M
Estimated useful
life (years)
Weighted average
useful life (years)
Depreciation
Fibre cables
11410320-3020
Ducts, poles and manholes585420-5050
Copper cables636010-3022
Cabinets30375-2018
Property18155-5025
Network electronics62622-2510
Right of use assets151410-5024
Other—12-106
Less: Crown funding(29)(27)
Total depreciation331319
Amortisation
Software
60492-105
Other intangibles——6-3526
Customer retention34340-44
Total amortisation9483
Depreciation + amortisation425402
The weighted average useful life represents the useful life in
each category weighted by the net book value of the assets.
During FY21, $672 million of expenditure on network assets
and software was capitalised. The ‘UFB communal’ and
‘Fibre connections and fibre layer 2’ included in ‘fibre’ capital
expenditure was largely capitalised against the network
assets categories of fibre cables (48%) and ducts, poles
and manholes (33%). The average depreciation rate for UFB
communal infrastructure spend is based on an estimated life
of 41 years, reflecting the very high proportion of long life
assets being constructed.
Chorus has considered the useful life of copper cables
in UFB1 and UFB2 areas. Due to strong fibre uptake,
depreciation of these cables is being accelerated at a rate
of approximately $11 million per annum and $4 million
per annum respectively. This means copper cables will be
fully depreciated for UFB1 by 30 June 2025 and UFB2 by
30 June 2027.
Software and other intangibles largely consist of the software
components of billing, provisioning and operational systems,
including spend on Spark-owned systems.
Chorus expects that incremental costs incurred in
acquiring new contracts with new and existing customers
are recoverable. These costs are capitalised as customer
Annual Report 202120
retention assets. Capitalised customer retention assets are
amortised against expenses when related revenues are
recognised either upfront or over the life of the contract
(currently estimated to be within a maximum of four years).
In the period to 30 June 2021, the amount of amortisation
was $34 million and there was no impairment in relation to
the costs capitalised.
Our depreciation profile is expected to continue to change,
reflecting the greater mix of longer dated UFB assets being
built. The offset of Crown funding against depreciation is
expected to continue to increase over time as the amount
of funding received from the Crown accumulates, with the
associated amortisation credit to depreciation increasing
accordingly.
Finance income and expense
(income)/expense
2021
$M
2020
$M
Finance income(1)(12)
Finance expense
Interest on syndicated bank facility
55
Interest on EMTN - GBP—40
Interest on EMTN - EUR4744
Interest on fixed rate NZD bonds4340
Other interest expense3027
Capitalised interest(2)(3)
Interest costs123153
Ineffective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges(4)3
Total finance expenses excluding securities (notional) interest119156
Securities (notional) interest3429
Total finance expense153185
Finance income is lower in FY21 because FY20 included
the proceeds from term deposits held until required for
repayment of the GBP EMTN in April 2020.
Interest costs decreased by $30 million year on year with
the weighted effective interest rate on debt reducing to
4.16% from 5.16% in FY20. A $400m NZD bond was repaid
in May 2021. This was refinanced in December 2020 with
$400m of NZD bonds, equally split between two tranches,
maturing in 2027 and 2030.
Other interest expense includes lease interest of
$20 million (FY20: $21 million) and amortisation arising from
the difference between fair value and proceeds realised
from interest rate swap resets of $7 million (FY20: $5 million).
Notional interest on Crown Infrastructure Partners (CIP)
securities also increased as Crown funding continued
to grow.
At a minimum, we aim to maintain 50% of our debt
obligations at a fixed rate of interest. We have fully hedged
the foreign exchange exposure on the EUR EMTNs with cross
currency interest rate swaps. A portion of the floating interest
on the EUR cross currency interest rate swaps has been
hedged using interest rate swap instruments.
Ineffectiveness
As at 30 June 2021 Chorus holds all interest swaps in
designated hedging relationships. These relationships are
designated as either cash flow hedges, or fair value hedges.
Provided that the cash flow hedges remain effective, any
future gains or losses will be processed through the hedge
reserve in the statement of changes in equity. Effective
fair value hedges will be offset within the finance expense.
Minor differences in the hedged values will flow to finance
expense in the income statement over the life of the
derivatives as ineffectiveness. Minor differences in the credit
valuation portion may also flow to the finance expense.
Neither the direction, nor the rate of the impact on the
income statement can be predicted as it is influenced by
external market factors.
Ineffectiveness largely consists of the cumulative change in
fair value of three interest rate swaps, designated as cash flow
hedges that were restructured in prior years. Two of these
restructured interest rate swaps have a combined face value
of $500 million and relate to the 10 year resettable NZD bond
issued in 2018. The other restructured interest rate swap has
a face value of $200 million and relates to the EUR 300m
EMTN bond. In FY21, ineffectiveness was credit $4 million
(FY20: debit $3 million) across all hedge relationships.
Annual Report 202121
Taxation
The FY21 effective tax rate is 35% (FY20:29%). This is higher
than FY20 which included a one-off $5m reduction to
reported tax expense to account for the reintroduction of tax
depreciation on buildings. The effective tax rate is higher than
the statutory tax rate of 28% due to permanent differences
between tax and accounting. Ongoing permanent
differences arise from the tax treatment of the CIP securities
and Crown funding for the Rural Broadband Initiative (RBI).
2 Layer 2 equipment, such as gigabit capable passive optical network ports, is installed ahead of demand as the UFB footprint expands.
The accounting interest and depreciation credit recognised
in the profit and loss in relation to securities are non taxable
as confirmed via binding rulings issued by Inland Revenue.
RBI assets were funded by non taxable government grants.
The accounting amortisation of RBI government grants and
RBI accounting depreciation recognised in the profit and loss
are non taxable and tax depreciation is not claimed.
Capital Expenditure commentary
2021
$M
2020
$M
Fibre567548
Copper4555
Common6060
Gross capital expenditure672663
Gross capital expenditure for FY21 was $672 million. This was
$9 million higher than FY20 gross capital expenditure spend
which was impacted by COVID-19 restrictions on field
activity. Fibre spend increased due to the commencement of
the West Coast fibre build project and strong demand from
new property developments. Copper related expenditure
reduced by 18% on FY20 as copper network demand
continues to reduce. Crown funding of $73 million was
received for the UFB rollout, $24 million for the West Coast
fibre project and $6 million for other capital expenditure.
Fibre capital expenditure
2021
$M
2020
$M
UFB communal147170
Fibre installations and fibre layer 2
2
275282
Fibre products and systems1414
Other fibre and growth9154
Fibre sustain118
Customer retention costs2920
Total fibre capital expenditure567548
Fibre capital expenditure included expenditure specifically
focused on fibre assets and represented approximately 84%
of our FY21 gross capital expenditure, consistent with FY20.
UFB communal network spend was $147 million in FY21
and was for deployment in UFB2 areas. This compared to
$170 million in FY20, of which $25 million had been for the
last stages of the UFB1 rollout. The UFB2 rollout was ahead
of schedule and this meant communal expenditure was
$3 million higher than guidance.
Fibre installations and layer 2 expenditure was $275 million.
About 172,000 fibre installations were completed nationwide,
including 44,000 for UFB2 customers. This was an increase
on 167,000 installations in FY20, which had been impacted
by COVID-19 restrictions. About $44 million was invested
in ‘backbone’ network to enable the connection of multiple
customers located along rights of way and multi-dwelling units.
Annual Report 202122
The average cost per premises connected (CPPC) in UFB1
areas was $1,055
3
, which was at the lower end of the FY21
guidance range of $1,025 to $1,175. The CPPC in UFB2
areas was $1,217
3
, which was at the lower end of the FY21
guidance range of $1,200 to $1,350.
Other fibre and growth increased $37 million compared
to FY20, due to the commencement of build activities for
the rollout of West Coast fibre and higher new property
development demand. The West Coast fibre project is
primarily government funded and is expected to complete
in FY23.
3 Excluding layer 2 and backbone costs for multi-dwelling units and rights of way and including standard installations and some non-standard single
dwellings and service desk costs.
Fibre network sustain refers to capital expenditure where the
fibre network has been upgraded or network elements, such
as poles, cabinets and cables are replaced. This is typically
where network replacement is deemed more cost effective
than reactive maintenance, or network is being relocated for
reasons such as roadworks.
Customer retention costs increased from FY20 due to
stronger market activity and less disruption from COVID-19.
Copper capital expenditure
2021
$M
2020
$M
Network sustain2931
Copper connections11
Copper layer 247
Customer retention costs1116
Total copper capital expenditure4555
Copper capital expenditure decreased by $10 million from
FY20 reflecting the lower spend required as customer
numbers on our copper network reduce. Less investment
in layer 2 capacity and customer retention were needed as
more customers migrate to fibre and there is less demand for
new copper broadband connections.
Common capital expenditure
2021
$M
2020
$M
Information technology4643
Building and engineering services1417
Total common capital expenditure6060
Information technology spend increased by $3 million from
FY20 due to lifecycle upgrades for IT infrastructure. Building
and engineering services decreased by the same amount due
to lower spend on exchange building infrastructure upgrades.
Annual Report 202123
Long term capital management
We will pay a final dividend of 14.5 cents per share on
12 October 2021 to all holders registered at 5.00pm
14 September 2021. The shares will be quoted on an ex-
dividend basis from 13 September 2021. The dividends paid
will be fully imputed, at a ratio of 28/72, in line with the
corporate income tax rate. In addition, a supplementary
dividend of 2.56 cents per share will be payable to
shareholders who are not resident in New Zealand.
The dividend reinvestment plan will remain in place for
the final dividend at a discount rate of 2%. Shareholders
who have previously elected to participate in the dividend
reinvestment plan do not need to take any further action.
For those shareholders who wish to participate, election
notices to participate must be received by 5.00pm (NZ time)
on 15 September 2021.
Chorus is transitioning to a new free cash flow based
dividend policy from 1 July 2021. As previously disclosed,
full implementation of the policy will initially be constrained
by the existing credit rating thresholds, given remaining
capex to complete the UFB build and elevated installation
capex. We also note that key regulatory settings for the
2022 to 2024 regulatory period will not be confirmed until
December 2021.
Initial dividend guidance for FY22 has therefore been set at
26 cents per share, subject to no material adverse changes
in circumstance or outlook. We expect to be able to provide
further detail on dividend outlook, including expected pay-
out range, at the half year result in February 2022, following
confirmation of final regulatory settings. The FY21 final and
FY22 interim dividends are expected to be fully imputed.
We anticipate the FY22 final dividend will not be imputed.
The NZD $400 million bond was repaid in May 2021.
This bond was refinanced in December 2020 with a dual
tranche $400m bond due to mature in December 2027 and
December 2030.
The Board considers that a ‘BBB’ or equivalent credit rating
is appropriate for a company such as Chorus. It intends
to maintain capital management and financial policies
consistent with these credit ratings. At 30 June 2021, we had
a long term credit rating of BBB/stable outlook by Standard &
Poor’s and Baa2/stable by Moody’s Investors Service.
Annual Report 202124
Annual Report 202125
Financial
statements
26 Independent auditor’s report
29 Income statement
29 Statement of comprehensive income
30 Statement of financial position
31 Statement of changes in equity
32 Statement of cash flows
34 Notes to the financial statements
Annual Report 202126
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Chorus Limited
Report on the consolidated financial statements
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (‘ISAs (NZ)’). We believe
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with
Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of
Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (Including International
Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the
New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and
the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants
(including International Independence Standards) (‘IESBA
Code’), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities
in accordance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
Our responsibilities under ISAs (NZ) are further described in
the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated
financial statements section of our report.
Our firm has also provided other services to the Group in
relation to regulatory audit and other advisory services.
Subject to certain restrictions, partners and employees of our
firm may also deal with the Group on normal terms within
the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the
Group. These matters have not impaired our independence
as auditor of the Group. The firm has no other relationship
with, or interest in, the Group.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of
materiality. Materiality helped us to determine the nature,
timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate
the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the
consolidated financial statements as a whole. The materiality
for the consolidated financial statements as a whole was set
at $8.5 million determined with reference to a benchmark of
Group revenue. We chose the benchmark because, in our
view, this is a key measure of the Group’s performance.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the
company and group financial statements in the current
period. We summarise below those matters and our key
audit procedures to address those matters in order that the
shareholders as a body may better understand the process by
which we arrived at our audit opinion. Our procedures were
undertaken in the context of and solely for the purpose of
our statutory audit opinion on the consolidated statements
as a whole and we do not express discrete opinions on
separate elements of the consolidated financial statements.
Opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial
statements of Chorus Limited (the ’company’) and its
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) on pages 29 to 59:
i. present fairly in all material respects the Group’s
financial position as at 30 June 2021 and its financial
performance and cash flows for the year ended on that
date; and
ii. comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and
International Financial Reporting Standards.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial
statements which comprise:
— the consolidated statement of financial position as at
30 June 2021;
— the consolidated income statement, statements of other
comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash
flows for the year then ended; and
— notes, including a summary of significant accounting
policies and other explanatory information.
Annual Report 202127
The key audit matterHow the matter was addressed in our audit
Capitalisation of assets
Refer to Note 1 to the Financial Statements.
During the year ended 30 June 2021 the Group has spent
$581 million in network asset additions as it continues
with its purpose of bringing better broadband to
New Zealanders. As at 30 June 2021, the Group has total
network assets of $5,269 million. Capitalisation of these
costs and useful lives assigned to these assets are a key
audit matter due to the significance of network assets to the
Group’s business, and due to the judgement involved in the:
— decision to capitalise or expense costs relating to
the network. This decision depends on whether
the expenditure is considered to enhance network
capability (and therefore capital), or to maintain the
current operating capability of the network (and
therefore an expense);
— estimation of the stage of completion of assets under
construction; and
— estimation of the useful life of the asset once the costs
are capitalised. There is also judgment when estimating
asset lives due to the uncertainty of the impact of
technological change.
Our audit procedures included:
— Examining that the controls to recognise capital projects in the fixed
asset register and the approval of the asset life annual review are
effective.
— Assessing the nature of costs incurred in capital projects by checking
a sample of costs to invoice to determine whether the description of
the expenditure met the capitalisation criteria.
— Evaluating a sample of assets under construction in which no costs
had been incurred in the final three months of the financial reporting
period. We challenged the status of those assets under construction
to determine whether they remained appropriately capitalised.
— Assessing, on a sample basis, whether the accruals recorded for
assets under construction were calculated in accordance with
the progress of construction and the arrangements with external
suppliers.
— Assessing the useful economic lives of the assets, by comparing
to our knowledge of the business and its operations and industry
benchmarks.
Chorus Funding
Refer to Notes 4, 6, 7 and 19 to the Financial Statements.
The CIP securities and interest rate derivatives are a key
audit matter due to their significance to the Group’s
consolidated statement of financial position. There is
complexity and judgement involved in determining the
appropriate valuation and accounting treatment for the
interest rate derivatives and the CIP securities
Our audit procedures to assess the valuation and accounting treatment
for the Group’s interest rate derivatives and CIP securities included:
— Our financial instrument specialists re-valuing all interest rate
derivatives using valuation models and inputs independent from
those utilised by management.
— Evaluating the hedge effectiveness of the interest rate derivatives
hedging the EUR denominated Euro Medium Term Notes, the
NZD Bond 2028 and the NZD Bond 2030. In all instances, our
financial instrument specialists assessed the effectiveness of these
hedges by independently modelling the future changes in the value
of these instruments to assess whether the underlying derivatives
were effective.
— Assessing the accounting treatment of the CIP securities. We read the
underlying loan agreement and analysed the various features of the
loan agreement to determine whether the CIP securities were a debt
or equity instrument.
— Evaluating the valuation of the CIP securities. Our valuation specialists
assessed the methodology used by management for determining the
amounts allocated to debt and government grant.
— Assessing the inputs used in the valuation of the CIP securities.
On a sample basis we compared interest rates and credit spreads
to independent sources of information to determine an acceptable
range of valuation inputs.
Revenue recognition
Refer to Note 9 to the Financial Statements.
Accuracy of revenue is considered to be a key audit matter
due to the nature of the underlying billing processes that
existed following the Chorus demerger from Spark in 2011.
There are certain legacy products where the billing is
based on network consumption which cannot be easily
linked to a physical end user connection. There is a risk
that revenue billed on this basis may be disputed by
Chorus’ customers who have a different view of their
consumption of the Chorus network.
Our audit procedures included:
— Evaluating the Group’s recognition of revenue by assessing any
revenue disputes recorded in the industry’s dispute reporting tool
by Chorus customers. We compared the disputes raised by Chorus
customers to the revenue recorded by Chorus and agreed settled
disputes to final settlement agreements.
— Independently confirming the accuracy of a sample of outstanding
debtor balances with Chorus customers.
— Agreeing a sample of revenue adjustments recorded during the year
to authorised credit notes.
Annual Report 202128
Other information
The Directors, on behalf of the Group, are responsible
for the other information included in the Annual Report.
Other information includes Chorus’s operating, marketing
and regulatory overviews, management commentary and
disclosures relating to corporate governance and statutory
information. Our opinion on the company and Group
financial statements does not cover any other information and
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the company and group
financial statements our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other
information is materially inconsistent with the company and
group financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the
audit or otherwise appears materially misstated. If, based on the
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material
misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Use of this independent auditor’s report
This independent auditor’s report is made solely to the
shareholders as a body. Our audit work has been undertaken
so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we
are required to state to them in the independent auditor’s
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the shareholders as a body for our
audit work, this independent auditor’s report, or any of the
opinions we have formed.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the
consolidated financial statements
The Directors, on behalf of the Group, are responsible for:
— the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated
financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting practice in New Zealand (being
New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards) and International Financial
Reporting Standards;
— implementing necessary internal control to enable
the preparation of a consolidated set of financial
statements that is fairly presented and free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
— assessing the ability to continue as a going concern.
This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related
to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless they either intend to liquidate or to cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
consolidated financial statements
Our objective is:
— to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
— to issue an independent auditor’s report that includes our
opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs
NZ will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of
these consolidated financial statements is located at the
External Reporting Board (XRB) website at:
http://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-
practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our independent auditor’s report.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this
independent auditor’s report is Ed Louden.
For and on behalf of
KPMG
Wellington
23 August 2021
Annual Report 202129
Income statement
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Notes
2021
$M
2020
$M
Operating revenue9947959
Operating expenses10(298)(311)
Earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortisation649648
Depreciation1,7(331)(319)
Amortisation2,3(94)(83)
Earnings before interest and income tax224246
Finance income112
Finance expense4(153)(185)
Net earnings before income tax7273
Income tax expense14(25)(21)
Net earnings for the year4752
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (dollars)
170.110.12
Diluted earnings per share (dollars)170.080.10
Statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Note
2021
$M
2020
$M
Net earnings for the year4752
Other comprehensive income
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to Income statement when specific conditions
are met net of tax
Movements in effective cash flow hedges
1962(28)
Amortisation of de-designated cash flow hedges transferred to Income statement195(3)
Movement in cost of hedging reserve19(7)3
Other comprehensive income net of tax60(28)
Total comprehensive income for the year net of tax10724
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Annual Report 202130
Statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2021
Notes
2021
$M
2020
$M
Current assets
Cash and call deposits
1553—
Income tax receivable2320
Trade and other receivables11122140
Derivative financial instruments1942
Finance lease receivable—3
Total current assets202165
Non-current assets
Derivative financial instruments
197193
Trade and other receivables1121
Deferred tax receivable1493116
Customer retention assets35956
Software and other intangible assets2164159
Network assets15,2695,052
Total non-current assets5,6585,477
Total assets5,8605,642
Current liabilities
Cash overdraft
15—5
Trade and other payables12278279
Income tax payable5—
Lease payable5109
Derivative financial instruments191—
Debt4140430
Total current liabilities excluding Crown funding434723
Crown funding72726
Total current liabilities461749
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
12113
Deferred tax payable14374350
Derivative financial instruments19106148
Lease payable5254257
Debt42,2331,892
Total non-current liabilities excluding CIP and Crown funding2,9782,650
Crown Infrastructure Partners (CIP) securities6545461
Crown funding7928855
Total non-current liabilities4,4513,966
Total liabilities4,9124,715
Equity
Share capital
16689666
Reserves19(51)(111)
Retained earnings310372
Tot al e quit y948927
Total liabilities and equity5,8605,642
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
The financial statements are approved and signed on behalf of the Board.
Patrick Strange
Chair
Authorised for issue on 23 August 2021
Mark Cross
Chair, Audit and Risk Management Committee
Annual Report 202131
Statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Notes
Share capital
$M
Retained
earnings
$M
Hedging-related
reserves
$M
Total
$M
Balance at 1 July 2019638424(83)979
Comprehensive income
Net earnings for the year
—52—52
Other comprehensive income
Movement in cash flow hedge reserve
19——(28)(28)
Amortisation of de-designated cash flow hedges transferred to
income statement
19——(3)(3)
Movement in cost of hedging reserve19——33
Total comprehensive income—52(28)24
Contributions by and (distributions to) owners:
Dividends
16—(104)—(104)
Supplementary dividends—(12)—(12)
Tax credit on supplementary dividends—12—12
Dividend reinvestment plan1628——28
Total transactions with owners28(104)—(76)
Balance at 30 June 2020666372(111)927
Comprehensive income
Net earnings for the year
—47—47
Other comprehensive income
Movement in cash flow hedge reserve
19——6262
Amortisation of de-designated cash flow hedges transferred
to income statement
19——55
Movement in cost of hedging reserve19——(7)(7)
Total comprehensive income—4760107
Contributions by and (distributions to) owners:
Dividends
16—(109)—(109)
Supplementary dividends—(12)—(12)
Tax credit on supplementary dividends—12—12
Dividend reinvestment plan1623——23
Total transactions with owners23(109)—(86)
Balance at 30 June 2021689310(51)948
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Annual Report 202132
Statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Notes
2021
$M
2020
$M
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash was provided from/(applied to):
Cash received from customers
954940
Finance income112
Payment to suppliers and employees(302)(329)
Taxation paid(1)(12)
Interest paid(96)(137)
Net cash flows provided from operating activities556474
Cash flows applied to investing activities
Cash was applied to:
Purchase of network and intangible assets
(647)(679)
Capitalised interest paid(2)(3)
Net cash flows applied to investing activities(649)(682)
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash was provided from/(applied to):
Net outflow from leases
(28)(23)
Crown funding (including CIP securities)155162
Proceeds from debt510544
Repayment of debt(400)(677)
Dividends paid(86)(76)
Net cash flows provided from/(applied to) financing activities151(70)
Net cash flows58(278)
Cash at the beginning of the year(5)273
Cash at the end of the year1553(5)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Reconciliation of net earnings to net cash flows from operating activities
Notes
2021
$M
2020
$M
Net earnings for the year4752
Adjustment for:
Depreciation charged on network assets
1360346
Amortisation of Crown funding7(29)(27)
Amortisation of software and other intangible assets26049
Amortisation of customer retention assets33840
Deferred income tax142411
Ineffective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges4(4)3
Amortisation of non-cash finance expenses(5)(5)
CIP securities (notional) interest43429
Other5(7)
530491
Change in current assets and liabilities:
Decrease in trade and other receivables
11176
Increase / (decrease) in trade payables127(12)
Increase in income tax receivable(3)(9)
Increase / (decrease) in income tax payable5(2)
26(17)
Net cash flows from operating activities556474
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Annual Report 202133
Reconciliation of movements of liabilities and equity to net cash flows from financing activities
Debt
$M
Crown funding
$M
CIP securities
$M
Lease payable (net)
$M
Share capital
$M
Retained earnings
$M
Balance at 1 July 20192,232822355248638424
Movements from cash flows
Net outflow from leases
———(23)——
Proceeds from funding5448577———
Proceeds from repayment of borrowings(677)—————
Dividends paid—————(76)
Total changes from financing cash flows(133)8577(23)—(76)
Non-cash movements
Movements in fair value (including foreign
exchange rates)
224—————
Transaction costs and amortisation related to
financing
(1)(29)29———
Accruals—3————
Dividend reinvestment plan————28(28)
Net lease movements———38——
Net earnings for the year ended 30 June 2020—————52
Balance at 30 June 20202,322881461263666372
Movements from cash flows
Net outflow from leases
———(28)——
Proceeds from funding51010550———
Repayment of borrowings(400)—————
Dividends paid—————(86)
Total changes from financing cash flows11010550(28)—(86)
Non-cash movements
Movements in fair value (including foreign
exchange rates)
(59)—————
Transaction costs and amortisation related to
financing
—(29)34———
Accruals—(2)————
Dividend reinvestment plan————23(23)
Net lease movements———29——
Net earnings for the year ended 30 June 2021—————47
Balance at 30 June 20212,373955545264689310
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Annual Report 202134
Notes to the financial statements
Reporting entity and statutory base
Chorus includes Chorus Limited together with its subsidiaries.
Chorus is New Zealand’s largest fixed line communications
infrastructure business. It maintains and builds a network
predominantly made up of fibre and copper cables, local
telephone exchanges and cabinets.
Chorus Limited is a profit-oriented company registered in
New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and is a FMC
Reporting Entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013. Chorus Limited was established as a
standalone, publicly listed entity on 1 December 2011, upon its
demerger from Spark New Zealand Limited (Spark, previously
Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited). The demerger
was a condition of an agreement with Crown Infrastructure
Partners Limited (previously Crown Fibre Holdings) to enable
Chorus Limited to provide the majority of the Crown’s Ultra-Fast
Broadband (UFB). Chorus Limited is listed and its ordinary shares
are quoted on the NZX main board equity security market (NZX
Main Board) and on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) and
has bonds quoted on the NZX and ASX debt markets. American
Depositary Shares, each representing five ordinary shares (and
evidenced by American Depositary Receipts), are not listed but
are traded on the over-the-counter market in the United States.
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ GAAP)
and Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. They comply
with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting
Standards (NZ IFRS) as appropriate for profit-oriented entities, and
with International Financial Reporting Standards.
These financial statements are expressed in New Zealand dollars.
All financial information has been rounded to the nearest million,
unless otherwise stated.
The measurement basis adopted in the preparation of
these financial statements is historical cost, modified by the
revaluation of financial instruments as identified in the specific
accounting policies below and the accompanying notes.
The Directors have considered the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic on these financial statements and note no material
impact to the going concern basis on which they are prepared.
Accounting policies and standards
Accounting policies that summarise the measurement basis
used which are relevant to the understanding of the financial
statements are provided throughout the accompanying notes.
The accounting policies adopted and methods of computation
have been applied consistently throughout the periods
presented in these financial statements.
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
Interbank offered rates (“IBORs”) play an important role in global
financial markets. Market developments relating to the reliability
and robustness of some interest rate benchmarks has resulted in
the global regulatory community initiating various programmes
to develop alternative benchmarks (risk free rates) within certain
jurisdictions. These reforms have led to uncertainty about the
long-term viability of some interest rate benchmarks beyond
1 January 2022. Chorus’ hedging activities expose it to EUR
IBOR, which is subject to cessation.
In November 2019, the External Reporting Board (“XRB”) issued
the standard Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – amendments
to NZ IFRS 9, NZ IAS 39 and NZ IFRS 7, effective for periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2020. These amendments
require an entity to assume no impact to existing hedge
accounting relationships in the period leading up to the reform
(i.e. that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash
flows and cash flows of the hedging instrument are based is not
altered as a result of the uncertainties of the reform).
The Interest Rate Benchmark Reform amendments are part of
phase 1 of the two-phase International Accounting Standard
Board (IASB) reform project. Phase 1 considers relief to hedge
accounting in the period before reform. Phase 2 of the reform
focuses on the financial reporting issues that may arise once the
existing rate is replaced with an alternative rate.
Chorus continues to monitor the expected impact of the Interest
Rate Benchmark Reform, with initial assessments indicating the
impact to the financial statements of Chorus to be insignificant.
Reclassification and re-statement of comparatives
Where management have reclassified items in the financial
statements, the related comparative disclosures have been
adjusted to provide a like-for-like comparison.
Accounting estimates and judgements
In preparing the financial statements, management has made
estimates and assumptions about the future that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are
based on experience and other factors, including macro-
economic and market factors, and expectations of future
events that may have an impact on Chorus. All judgements,
estimates, and assumptions are believed to be reasonable based
on the most current set of circumstances available to Chorus.
The principal areas of judgement in preparing these financial
statements are set out below.
Annual Report 202135
Network assets (note 1)
Assessing the carrying value of network assets for impairment
considerations which includes assessing the appropriateness
of useful life and residual value estimates of network assets, the
physical condition of the asset, technological advances, regulation
and expected disposal proceeds from the future sale of the asset.
Customer retention assets (note 3)
Assessing the carrying value of customer retention assets
for impairment considerations which includes assessing the
appropriateness of useful life, contract terms, revenue and
customer connections data.
Crown Infrastructure Partners (CIP) securities (note 6)
Determining the fair value of the CIP securities requires
assumptions on expected future cash flows and discount rates
based on future long dated swap curves.
Financial risk management (note 19 and 20)
Accounting judgements have been made in determining hedge
designation and the fair value of derivatives and borrowings.
The fair value of derivatives and borrowing are determined based
on valuation models that use forward-looking estimates and
market observable data, to the extent that it is available.
Note 1 – Network assets
In the Statement of financial position, network assets are stated
at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated
impairment losses. The cost of additions to network assets
and work in progress constructed by Chorus includes the
cost of all materials used in construction, direct labour costs
specifically associated with construction, interest costs that are
attributable to the asset, resource management consent costs
and attributable overheads.
Repairs and maintenance costs are recognised in the Income
statement as incurred. If the useful life of the asset is extended or
the asset is enhanced then the associated costs are capitalised.
Estimating useful lives and residual values of network
assets
The determination of the appropriate useful life for a particular
asset requires management to make judgements about,
amongst other factors, the expected period of service potential
of the asset, the likelihood of the asset becoming obsolete as a
result of technological advances, and the likelihood of Chorus
ceasing to use the asset in business operations.
Where an item of network assets comprises major components
having different useful lives, the components are accounted for
as separate items of network assets.
Where the remaining useful lives or recoverable values have
diminished due to technological, regulatory or market condition
changes, depreciation is accelerated. The assets’ residual values,
useful lives, and methods of depreciation are reviewed annually
and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.
Depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis to write down
the cost of network assets to their estimated residual value over
their estimated useful life.
Estimated useful lives are as follows:
Fibre cables20-30 years
Ducts, manholes, and poles20-50 years
Copper cables10-30 years
Cabinets5-20 years
Property5-50 years
Network electronics2-25 years
Right of use assets (leases)10-50 years
Other2-10 years
Other network assets include motor vehicles, test instruments
and tools and plant.
An item of network assets and any significant part is
derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic
benefits are expected from its use. Where network assets
are disposed of, the profit or loss recognised in the Income
statement is calculated as the difference between the sale price
and the carrying value of the asset.
Leased assets and corresponding liabilities are recognised as
‘right of use’ assets and depreciated over the life of the lease.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange
rates as at the dates of the initial transactions.
Land and work in progress are not depreciated. Work in progress
is reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that costs represent
future assets.
Annual Report 202136
30 June 2021
Fibre
cables
$M
Ducts,
manholes,
and poles
$M
Copper
cables
$M
Cabinets
$M
Property
$M
Network
electronics
$M
Right of
use assets
$M
Other
$M
Work in
progress
$M
Total
$M
Cost
Balance at 1 July 2020
2,2762,7542,4096934351,811292516610,841
Additions2222116222867111265833
Disposals(1)———(5)(6)(2)(1)—(15)
Transfers from work in progress————————(252)(252)
Balance at 30 June 20212,4972,9652,4157154581,872301517911,407
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at 1 July 2020
(729)(659)(2,048)(473)(275)(1,537)(64)(4)—(5,789)
Depreciation(114)(58)(63)(30)(18)(62)(15)——(360)
Disposals1———46———11
Balance at 30 June 2021(842)(717)(2,111)(503)(289)(1,593)(79)(4)—(6,138)
Net carrying amount1,6552,24830421216927922211795,269
30 June 2020
Fibre
cables
$M
Ducts,
manholes,
and poles
$M
Copper
cables
$M
Cabinets
$M
Property
$M
Network
electronics
$M
Right of
use assets
$M
Other
$M
Work in
progress
$M
Total
$M
Cost
Balance at 1 July 2019
2,0442,4982,3946614201,778275521510,290
Additions2312561532175613—248868
Disposals————(2)(23)———(25)
Transfers from work in progress————————(297)(297)
Other1—————4——5
Balance at 30 June 20202,2762,7542,4096934351,811292516610,841
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at 1 July 2019
(627)(605)(1,988)(436)(262)(1,497)(50)(2)—(5,467)
Depreciation(103)(54)(60)(37)(15)(62)(14)(1)—(346)
Disposals————222———24
Other1——————(1)——
Balance at 30 June 2020(729)(659)(2,048)(473)(275)(1,537)(64)(4)—(5,789)
Net carrying amount1 ,5472,09536122016027422811665,052
There are no restrictions on Chorus’ network assets or any network assets pledged as securities for liabilities. At 30 June 2021 the
contractual commitments for acquisition and construction of the network assets was $119 million (30 June 2020: $196 million).
Note 1 – Network assets (cont.)
Annual Report 202137
Crown funding
Chorus receives funding from the Crown to finance the capital
expenditure associated with the development of the UFB network
and other services. Where funding is used to construct assets, it is
offset against depreciation over the life of the assets constructed.
Refer to note 7 for information on Crown funding.
Impairment
The carrying amounts of non-financial assets including network
assets, software and other intangibles and customer retention
assets are reviewed at the end of each reporting period for any
indicators of impairment.
If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the
asset is estimated. An impairment loss is recognised in earnings
whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated
recoverable amount. Should the conditions that gave rise to the
impairment loss no longer exist, and the assets are no longer
considered to be impaired, a reversal of an impairment loss
would be recognised immediately in earnings. In the period to
30 June 2021, there was no impairment in relation to the costs
capitalised (30 June 2020: no impairment).
The recoverable amount is the greater of an assets value in use
and fair value less costs to sell. Chorus’ assets do not generate
independent cash flows and are therefore assessed from a single
cash-generating unit perspective. In assessing the recoverable
amount, the estimates of future cash flows are discounted to
their net present value using a discount rate that reflects current
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks
specific to the business.
Capitalised interest
Finance costs are capitalised on qualifying items of network
assets and software assets at an annualised rate of 4.25%
(30 June 2020: 5.8%). Interest is capitalised over the period
required to complete the assets and prepare them for their
intended use. In the current year finance costs totalling
$2 million (30 June 2020: $3 million) have been capitalised
against network assets and software assets.
Right of use assets
Fibre cables
$M
Ducts, manholes,
and poles
$M
Property
$M
Total
$M
Balance 1 July 2019 (net)934182225
Additions—10717
Depreciation charge—(2)(12)(14)
Balance at 30 June 2020942177228
Additions—9211
Relinquishments——(2)(2)
Depreciation charge(1)(4)(10)(15)
Balance at 30 June 2021847167222
Right of use assets are the present value of leases held by Chorus as a lessee, as defined in the accounting policies. Leases are
capitalised at the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease.
Chorus has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases across the two main portfolios of leases (‘Property’ and ‘Ducts,
manholes, and poles’) due to the long term usage nature of the underlying assets used to service the same network. This is reflective
of the longer term nature of infrastructure assets. The nature of these assets are similar enough that borrowing rates on commercial
debt would not change asset to asset. The incremental borrowing rate is reviewed annually.
Property exchanges
Chorus has leased exchange space and commercial co-location space owned by Spark which is subject to lease arrangements
(included within right of use assets). Chorus in turn leases exchange space and commercial co-location space owned by Chorus to
Spark under an operating lease arrangement.
Note 1 – Network assets (cont.)
Annual Report 202138
Note 2 – Software and other intangible assets
Software and other intangible assets are initially measured
at cost. The direct costs associated with the development of
network and business software for internal use are capitalised
where project success is probable and the capitalisation
criteria is met. Following initial recognition, software and
other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment losses. Software and other
intangible assets with a finite life are amortised from the date the
asset is ready for use on a straight-line basis over its estimated
useful life which is as follows:
Software2-10 years
Other intangibles 6-35 years
Other intangibles mainly consist of land easements.
Where estimated useful lives or recoverable values have
diminished due to technological change or market conditions,
amortisation is accelerated.
There are no restrictions on software and other intangible assets,
or any intangible assets pledged as securities for liabilities.
30 June 2021
Software
$M
Other intangibles
$M
Work in progress
$M
Total
$M
Cost
Balance at 1 July 2020
788642836
Additions85—65150
Transfers from work in progress——(85)(85)
Balance at 30 June 2021873622901
Accumulated amortisation
Balance at 1 July 2020
(676)(1)—(677)
Amortisation(60)——(60)
Balance at 30 June 2021(736)(1)—(737)
Net carrying amount137522164
30 June 2020
Software
$M
Other intangibles
$M
Work in progress
$M
Total
$M
Cost
Balance at 1 July 2019
752623781
Additions52—69121
Disposals(16)——(16)
Transfers from work in progress——(50)(50)
Balance at 30 June 2020788642836
Accumulated amortisation
Balance at 1 July 2019
(643)(1)—(644)
Amortisation(49)——(49)
Disposals16——16
Balance at 30 June 2020(676)(1)—(677)
Net carrying amount112542159
At 30 June 2021 the contractual commitment for acquisition of software and other intangible assets was $4 million (30 June 2020:
$8 million).
Annual Report 202139
Note 3 – Customer retention assets
Customer retention costs are incremental costs incurred in
acquiring new contracts with new and existing customers
that Chorus expects are recoverable and are capitalised
as customer retention assets. Following initial recognition,
customer retention assets are stated at cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment losses. Customer retention
assets have a finite life and are amortised from the month that
costs are capitalised on a straight-line basis over the average
connection life which is as follows:
New connections and migrations0-4 years
Customer incentives1 year
New connections
and migrations
$M
Customer
incentives
$M
Total
$M
Balance at 1 July 2019 (net carrying amount)57461
Additions31435
Amortisation(34)(6)(40)
Balance at 30 June 2020 (net carrying amount)54256
Additions37441
Amortisation(34)(4)(38)
Balance at 30 June 2021 (net carrying amount)57259
Amortisation of customer retention assets
Customer retention assets are amortised to the Income statement, either as amortisation expense or operating revenue, based on
the nature of the specific costs capitalised.
2021
$M
2020
$M
Amortised to amortisation expense3434
Amortised to operating revenue46
Total customer retention assets amortisation3840
Annual Report 202140
Note 4 – Debt
Debt is classified as non-current liabilities except for those with
maturities less than 12 months from the reporting date, which
are classified as current liabilities.
Debt is initially measured at fair value, less any transaction costs
that are directly attributable to the issue of the instruments.
Debt is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method. Some borrowings are designated in
fair value hedge relationships, which means that any change in
market interest and foreign exchange rates result in a change in
the fair value adjustment on that debt.
The weighted effective interest rate on debt including the effect
of derivative financial instruments and facility fees was 4.16%
(30 June 2020: 5.16%).
Due date
2021
$M
2020
$M
Syndicated bank facilitiesAug 202114030
Euro medium term notes EUROct 2023858883
Euro medium term notes EURDec 2026511527
Fixed rate NZD BondsMay 2021—400
Fixed rate NZD BondsDec 2027200—
Fixed rate NZD BondsDec 2028500500
Fixed rate NZD BondsDec 2030182—
Less: facility fees(18)(18)
Total Debt2,3732,322
Current140430
Non-current2,2331,892
Syndicated bank facilities
As at 30 June 2021 Chorus had a $350 million committed
syndicated facility on market standard terms and conditions
(30 June 2020: $550 million). The facility is held with banks that
are rated A to AA-, based on Standard & Poor’s ratings.
During the period, $200 million of facilities were terminated, and
the remaining $350 million of facilities were consolidated into
a single tranche and extended to April 2024. At 30 June 2021
$140 million of this facility was drawn down.
Euro Medium Term Notes (EMTN)
Face valueInterest rate
2021
$M
2020
$M
EUR 500 million1.13%858883
EUR 300 million0.88%511527
Chorus has in place cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge
the foreign currency exposure to the EMTN. The cross currency
interest rate swaps entitle Chorus to receive EUR principal and
EUR fixed coupon payments for NZD principal and NZD floating
interest payments. The EUR cross currency interest rate swaps
are partially hedged for the NZD interest payments using interest
rate swaps (notional amount EUR 800 million).
The EUR 500 EMTN cross currency interest rate swaps are
partially hedged for the NZD interest payments using interest
rate swaps (notional amount EUR 500 million). The EUR 300
cross currency interest rate swaps are fully hedged for the NZD
interest payments using interest rates swaps (notional amount
EUR 300 million).
The following table reconciles EMTN at hedged rates to EMTN
carrying value based on spot rates as reported under NZ IFRS.
EMTN at hedged rates is a non-GAAP measure and is not defined
by NZ IFRS:
2021
EUR 300
$M
2020
EUR 300
$M
2021
EUR 500
$M
2020
EUR 500
$M
EMTN (at carrying value)511527858883
Impact of fair value hedge(2)(5)(9)(12)
Impact of hedged rates used5(8)(64)(86)
EMTN at hedged rates514514785785
The fair value of EMTN’s is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at market
interest rates at balance date and is determined using Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 20. At balance date the
fair value of the EURO 500 million EMTN was $878 million (30 June 2020: $881 million) compared to a carrying value of $858 million
(30 June 2020: $883 million) and the fair value of the EUR 300 million EMTN is $526 million (30 June 2020: $539 million) compared
to a carrying value of $511 million (30 June 2020: $527 million).
Annual Report 202141
Fixed rate NZD Bonds
Due dateInterest rate
2021
$M
2020
$M
Fixed rate NZD BondsMay 20214.12%—400
Fixed rate NZD BondsDec 20271.98%200—
Fixed rate NZD BondsDec 20284.35%500500
Fixed rate NZD BondsDec 20302.51%182—
Total fixed rate NZD Bonds882900
On 2 December 2020 Chorus issued $400 million NZD Bonds
in two tranches, at fixed interest rates for 7 years and 10 years
of 1.98% and 2.51% respectively. The bonds will mature in
December 2027 and December 2030. The fixed rate on the 2030
tranche has been swapped to a floating rate using interest rate
swaps (see note 19) creating a fair value hedge which has a fair
value of $182 million (notional amount $200 million) at balance
date. This hedging relationship was entered to comply with
Chorus Treasury Policy which does not allow for greater than
70% of term debt to be subject to fixed interest rates beyond a
3-year time period.
The 2021 NZD Bonds were repaid and settled on 6 May 2021.
At 30 June 2021, Chorus had $900 million of unsecured,
unsubordinated debt securities (30 June 2020: $900 million).
Schedule of maturities
2021
$M
2020
$M
Current140430
Due one to two years——
Due two to three years858—
Due three to four years—883
Due four to five years——
Due over five years1,3931,027
Total due2,3912,340
Less: facility fees(18)(18)
2,3732,322
No debt has been secured against assets, however there are
financial covenants and event of default triggers, as defined
in the various debt agreements. During the current year
Chorus complied with the requirements set out in its financing
agreements (30 June 2020: complied).
Refer to note 20 for information on financial risk management.
Finance expense
2021
$M
2020
$M
Interest on syndicated bank facility55
Interest on EMTN - GBP—40
Interest on EMTN - EUR4744
Interest on fixed rate NZD bonds4340
Ineffective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges(4)3
Other interest expense3027
Capitalised interest(2)(3)
Total finance expense excluding CIP securities (notional) interest119156
CIP securities (notional) interest3429
Total finance expense153185
Other interest expense includes $20 million lease interest expense (30 June 2020: $21 million) and $7 million of amortisation arising
from the difference between fair value and proceeds realised from the swaps reset (30 June 2020: $5 million).
Note 4 – Debt (cont.)
Annual Report 202142
Note 5 – Leases
Chorus is a lessee of certain network assets under lease
arrangements. For all leases Chorus recognises assets and
liabilities in the Statement of financial position, except those
determined to be short-term or low value. On inception of a new
lease, the lease payable is measured at the present value of the
remaining lease payments, discounted at Chorus’ incremental
borrowing rate at that date. Practical expedients within NZ IFRS 16:
Leases have been applied to allow a single discount rate to a
portfolio of leases with similar characteristics. Lease costs are
recognised through interest expense over the life of the lease.
The corresponding right of use asset incurs depreciation over
the estimated useful life of the asset.
Chorus’ discounted cash flows by category are summarised below:
Lease liabilities
2021
$M
2020
$M
Fibre cables149
Ducts, manholes and poles4945
Property201212
Total Lease payable264266
Extension options
Most leases contain extension options exercisable by Chorus
up to one year before the end of the non-cancellable contract
period. Where practicable, Chorus seeks to include extension
options in new leases to provide operational flexibility.
The extension options held are exercisable only by Chorus and
not by the lessors. Chorus assesses at lease commencement
whether it is reasonably certain the extension options will be
exercised, and where it is reasonably certain, the extension
period has been included in the lease liability calculation.
Chorus reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise
the options if there is a significant event or significant change in
circumstances within its control.
Chorus’ discounted cash flows by maturity are summarised below:
2021
$M
2020
$M
Maturity analysis - contractual discounted cash flows
Less than one year
109
Between one and five years3836
More than five years216221
Total lease payable264266
Current109
Non-current254257
The amounts recognised in the income statement and the statement of cashflows relating to leases are summarised below:
2021
$M
2020
$M
Amounts recognised in Income statement:
Interest on lease payable
2021
Amounts recognised in Statement of cash flows:
Principal payments (net)
(8)(2)
Lease interest (net)(20)(21)
Other leases
Chorus also leases IT equipment with contract terms of one to three years. These leases are of low value. Chorus has elected not to
recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.
The agreement for exchange and commercial co-location space leased by Spark ended during the period, and as a result no lease
receivable is recognised as at 30 June 2021 (30 June 2020: $3 million).
Annual Report 202143
Note 6 – Crown Infrastructure Partners (CIP) securities
Ultra-Fast Broadband (UFB)
Chorus receives Crown funding to finance construction costs
associated with the development of the UFB network. For the
first phase of the UFB network build (UFB1) Chorus received
funding at a rate of $1,118 for every premises passed (as certified
by CIP), in return Chorus issued CIP equity securities, CIP debt
securities and CIP warrants. UFB1 build was completed in
December 2019 to a total value of $924 million funding received.
Premises passed and tested by CIP under UFB1 totalled 827,000.
For the second phase of the UFB network build (UFB2 and
UFB2+), there are five different funding rates applied, at an
average rate of $1,828 for every premises passed (as certified by
CIP). In return for the CIP funding, CIP equity and debt securities
will be issued on very similar terms as UFB1 securities. Chorus
can elect the mix of securities to be issued (up to a maximum
of $306 million equity securities for UFB2). There are no CIP
warrants in relation to UFB2 and UFB2+ funding. The total
committed funding available for Chorus for the second phase is
expected to be $411 million. As at 30 June 2021, for UFB2 and
UFB2+ there have been 150,000 premises passed and tested by
CIP (30 June 2020: UFB2 and UFB2+ 83,000).
The CIP equity and debt securities are recognised initially
at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs.
Subsequently, they are measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method. The fair value is derived by discounting
the equity securities and debt securities per premises passed by
the effective rate based on market rates. The difference between
funding received and the fair value of the securities is recognised
as Crown funding. Over time, the CIP debt and equity securities
increase to face value and the Crown funding is released against
depreciation and reduces to nil.
CIP equity securities
CIP equity securities are a class of non-interest bearing security
that carry no right to vote at meetings of holders of Chorus
ordinary shares but entitle the holder to a preferential right to
repayment on liquidation and additional rights that relate to
Chorus’ performance under its construction contract with CIP.
For UFB1 equity securities, dividends will become payable on a
portion of the CIP equity securities from 2025 onwards, with the
portion of CIP equity securities that attract dividends increasing
over time. For UFB2 and UFB2+ equity securities, dividends
will become payable from 2030 for securities issued prior to
30 June 2020. For all those issued after this date, dividends will
become payable from 2036.
CIP equity securities can be redeemed by Chorus at any time by
payment of the issue price or issue of new ordinary shares (at a
5% discount to the 20-day volume weighted average price) to
the holder. In limited circumstances CIP equity securities may be
converted by the holder into voting preference or ordinary shares.
The CIP equity securities are required to be disclosed as a liability
until the liability component of the compound instrument expires.
CIP debt securities
CIP debt securities are unsecured, non-interest bearing and
carry no voting rights at meetings of holders of Chorus ordinary
shares. Chorus is required to redeem the CIP debt securities
in tranches from 2025 (2030 for UFB2 and UFB2+) to 2036 by
repaying the face value to the holder.
The principal amount of CIP debt securities consists of a senior
portion and a subordinated portion. The senior portion ranks
equally with all other unsecured, unsubordinated creditors of
Chorus, and has the benefit of any negative pledge covenant
that may be contained in any of Chorus’ debt arrangements.
The subordinated portion ranks below all other Chorus
indebtedness but above ordinary shares of Chorus. The initial
value of the senior portion is the present value (using a discount
rate of 8.5%) of the sum repayable on the CIP debt securities, and
the initial subordinated portion will be the difference between
the issue price of the CIP debt security and the value of the
senior portion.
CIP warrants
For UFB 1 Chorus issued warrants to CIP for nil consideration
along with each tranche of CIP equity securities. Each CIP
warrant gives CIP the right, on a specified exercise date, to
purchase at a set strike price a Chorus share to be issued by
Chorus. The strike price for a CIP warrant is based on a total
shareholder return of 16% per annum on Chorus shares over the
period December 2011 to June 2036.
At 30 June 2021, Chorus had issued a total 14,678,063 warrants
which had a fair value and carrying value that approximated
zero (30 June 2020: 14,216,213 warrants issued). The number of
fibre connections made by 30 June 2021 impacts the number
of warrants that could be exercised. Because fibre connections
already exceed 20% before 30 June 2021, the number of
warrants that would be able to be exercised is 14,678,063
(30 June 2020: 14,216,213).
Annual Report 202144
At 30 June 2021, the component parts of debt and equity instruments including notional interest were:
20212020
CIP debt
securities
$M
CIP equity
securities
$M
Total CIP
securities
$M
CIP debt
securities
$M
CIP equity
securities
$M
Total CIP
securities
$M
Fair value on initial recognition
Balance at 1 July
176184360154129283
Additional securities recognised at fair value—5050225577
Balance at 30 June176234410176184360
Accumulated notional interest
Balance at 1 July
4952101363672
Notional interest142034131629
Balance at 30 June63721354952101
Total CIP securities239306545225236461
The fair value of CIP debt securities at balance date was
$296 million (30 June 2020: $287 million) compared to a
carrying value of $239 million (30 June 2020: $225 million).
The fair value of CIP equity securities at balance date was
$357 million (30 June 2020: $291 million) compared to a
carrying value of $306 million (30 June 2020: $236 million).
The fair value has been calculated using discount rates from
market rates at balance date.
Key assumptions in calculations on initial recognition
On initial recognition, a discount rate between 5.18% to 6.67%
(30 June 2020: 4.49% to 6.90%) was used for the CIP equity
securities to discount the expected cash flows, based on the
NZ swap curve. There were no debt securities issued during the
period (30 June 2020: 2.50% to 6.90%). The swap rates were
adjusted for Chorus specific credit spreads (based on market
observed credit spreads for debt issued with similar credit ratings
and tenure). The discount rate on the CIP equity securities is
capped at Chorus’ estimated cost of (ordinary) equity.
Note 7 – Crown funding
Crown funding is recognised at fair value where there is
reasonable assurance that the funding is receivable and all
attached conditions will be complied with. Crown funding is
then recognised in earnings as a reduction to depreciation
expense on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset the
funding was used to construct.
20212020
UFB
$M
WCSNB
$M
RBI
$M
Other
$M
Total
$M
UFB
$M
RBI
$MI
Other
$M
Total
$M
Fair value on initial recognition
Balance at 1 July
707—242671,01662824260930
Additional funding recognised at fair value7324—610379—786
Balance at 30 June78024242731,119707242671,016
Accumulated amortisation of funding
Balance at 1 July
(74)—(46)(15)(135)(56)(38)(14)(108)
Amortisation(18)—(8)(3)(29)(18)(8)(1)(27)
Balance at 30 June(92)—(54)(18)(164)(74)(46)(15)(135)
Total Crown funding688241885595563319652881
Current2726
Non-current928855
Note 6 – Crown Infrastructure Partners (CIP) securities (cont.)
Annual Report 202145
Ultra-Fast Broadband (UFB)
Chorus receives Crown funding to finance construction
costs associated with the development of the UFB network.
During the period Chorus has recognised funding for 67,000
premises where the premises was passed and tested by CIP as at
30 June 2021 under UFB 2 and UFB 2+ (30 June 2020: 112,000;
UFB1 65,000; UFB2 and UFB2+ 47,000).
This brings the total number of premises passed and tested by
CIP at 30 June 2021 to approximately 977,000 (30 June 2020:
910,000). The total number of premises passed (including those
that have not been tested by CIP) was approximately 989,000 at
30 June 2021 (30 June 2020: 917,000).
Continued recognition of the full amount of the Crown funding
is contingent on certain material performance targets being met
by Chorus. The most significant of these material performance
targets relate to compliance with certain specifications under
user acceptance testing by CIP. Performance targets to date
have been met.
West Coast Southland Network Build (WCSNB)
Chorus receives Crown funding to finance capital expenditure
associated with the development of the West Coast Southland
Network. Chorus is entitled to claim payment for costs relating
to deployment of rural cabinets, links, schools, hospitals, health
centres and mobile sites. One dollar of funding can be claimed
for each dollar of allowable costs incurred by Chorus, up to a
maximum funding limit agreed with CIP. Under phases 1 and 2 of
the WCSNB agreement, approximately $46 million of funding is
expected to be received.
Other
Chorus receives funding towards the cost of relocation of
communications equipment, school lead-ins and extending the
network coverage to rural areas.
Note 8 – Segmental reporting
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages
in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur
expenses and for which operating results are regularly reviewed
by the entity’s chief operating decision maker and for which
discrete financial information is available.
Chorus’ Chief Executive Officer (CEO) has been identified as the
chief operating decision maker for the purpose of segmental
reporting.
Chorus has determined that it operates in one segment
providing nationwide fixed line communications infrastructure.
The determination is based on the reports reviewed by the CEO
in assessing performance, allocating resources and making
strategic decisions.
All Chorus’ operations are provided in New Zealand, therefore no
geographic information is provided.
Three Chorus customers met the reporting threshold
of 10 percent of Chorus’ operating revenue in the year
to 30 June 2021. The total revenue for the year ended
30 June 2021 from these customers was $372 million
(30 June 2020: $409 million), $178 million (30 June 2020:
$195 million) and $120 million (30 June 2020: $117 million).
Note 9 – Operating revenue
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in
a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected
on behalf of third parties. Chorus recognises revenue when it
transfers control of a product or service to a customer.
Chorus services provided to customersNature, performance obligation and timing of revenue
Fibre and copper connectionsProviding access to the Chorus fixed lines network to enable connections to the internet.
Chorus recognises revenue as it provides this service to its customers at a point in time.
Unbilled revenues from the billing cycle date to the end of each month are recognised as
revenue during the month the service is provided. Revenue is deferred in respect of the
portion of fixed monthly charges that have been billed in advance.
Value added network servicesProviding enhanced access to the Chorus fixed line network to enable internet access,
through backhaul and handover link services to connect across wider areas and to higher
quality levels. Recognition is the same as described for fibre and copper connections above.
InfrastructureProviding physical storage and site-sharing rental services for co-location of third party or
shared assets. This is billed and recognised on a monthly basis, based on a point in time.
Field servicesProviding services in the field to protect, strengthen, and increase the available network
– for example, installation services, wiring and consultation services. This is billed and
recognised as the service is provided over time. Revenue from installation of connections is
recognised upon completion of the connection.
Note 7 – Crown funding (cont.)
Annual Report 202146
Revenue by service
2021
$M
2020
$M
Fibre broadband477393
Copper based broadband203271
Copper based voice6882
Fibre premium6873
Field services6265
Value added network services3029
Infrastructure2724
Data services copper916
Other36
Total operating revenue947959
Note 10 – Operating expenses
2021
$M
2020
$M
Labour7480
Network maintenance6364
Information technology4847
Other network costs2929
Electricity1815
Rent and rates1213
Property maintenance1212
Provisioning25
Insurance43
Consultants79
Regulatory levies87
Other2127
Total operating expenses298311
Labour
Labour of $74 million (30 June 2020: $80 million) represents
employee costs which are not capitalised.
Pension contributions
Included in labour costs are payments to the New Zealand
Government Superannuation Fund of $299,000 (30 June 2020:
$335,000) and contributions to KiwiSaver of $3.0 million
(30 June 2020: $3.2 million). At 30 June 2021 there were
11 employees in New Zealand Government Superannuation Fund
(30 June 2020: 14 employees) and 740 employees in KiwiSaver
(30 June 2020: 752 employees). Chorus has no other obligations
to provide pension benefits in respect of employees.
Charitable and political donations
Other costs include charitable donations of $223,231 towards
digital inclusion and health initiatives (30 June 2020: Lifeline,
Women’s Refuge, KidsCan and Porirua E-Learning Trust of
$207,295). Chorus has not made any political donations
(30 June 2020: nil).
Note 9 – Operating revenue (cont.)
Annual Report 202147
Auditor remuneration
Included in other expenses are fees paid to auditors:
2021
$000's
2020
$000's
Audit and review of statutory financial statements552537
Regulatory audit and assurance work459298
Tax compliance services
1
—21
Other assurance services
2
—22
Other services
3
1010
Total other services469351
Total fees paid to the auditor1,021888
1. No tax compliance services were provided in the current period (30 June 2020: tax treatment of the interest rate swap restructure and other sundry
tax assistance).
2. Relates to attendance at the Annual Shareholders Meeting and assurance relating to EMTN refresh comfort letters (30 June 2020: same services as
current year).
3. Other services included preparation and presentation of hedge accounting training (30 June 2020: same services as current year).
Note 11 – Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts to be received, plus transaction costs (if any).
They are subsequently measured at amortised cost (using the effective interest method) less impairment losses.
2021
$M
2020
$M
Trade receivables92107
Other receivables1110
Prepayments2124
Trade and other receivables124141
Current122140
Non-current21
Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on
terms of 20 working days or less.
Chorus maintains a provision for impairment losses when there
is objective evidence of its customers being unable to make
required payments and makes provision for doubtful debt
where debt is more than 60 days overdue. There have been no
significant individual impairment amounts recognised as an
expense. Trade receivables are net of allowances for disputed
balances with customers.
The ageing profile of trade receivables is as follows:
2021
$M
2020
$M
Not past due8691
Past due 1-30 days616
92107
Chorus has a concentrated customer base consisting
predominantly of a small number of retail service providers.
The concentrated customer base heightens the risk that a dispute
with a customer, or a customer’s failure to pay for services, will
have a material adverse effect on the collectability of receivables.
Any disputes arising that may affect the relationship between
the parties will be raised by relationship managers and follow a
dispute resolution process. Chorus has $6 million of accounts
receivable that are past due but not impaired (30 June 2020:
$16 million). The carrying value of trade and other receivables
approximates the fair value. The maximum credit exposure is
limited to the carrying value of trade and other receivables.
Note 10 – Operating expenses (cont.)
Annual Report 202148
Note 12 – Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value
less transaction costs (if any). They are subsequently measured
at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Trade and
other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled
within 30 day terms. The carrying value of trade and other
payables approximates their fair values.
2021
$M
2020
$M
Trade payables6882
Accruals126125
Personnel accruals1416
Revenue billed in advance8159
Trade and other payables289282
Current278279
Non-current113
Note 13 – Commitments
Network infrastructure project agreement
Chorus is committed to deploying infrastructure for premises in
the UFB2 and UFB2+ candidate areas awarded to Chorus, to be
built according to annual build milestones and to be completed
no later than December 2022. In total it is expected that the
communal infrastructure for UFB2 and UFB2+ will pass an
estimated 223,000 premises. Chorus has estimated it will cost
$548 to $568 million to build the communal UFB2 and UFB2+
network by the end of 2022.
West Coast Southland Network Build (WCSNB) agreement
Chorus has signed a contract with CIP to deploy fibre in Milford
Sound and on the West Coast of the South Island. Chorus will
receive funding from CIP of up to $46 million in relation the
build.
Capital expenditure
Refer to note 1 and note 2 for details of capital expenditure
commitments.
Lease commitments
Refer to note 5 for details of lease commitments.
Note 14 – Taxation
This note provides an analysis of Chorus’ income tax expense and
shows which amounts are recognised in the Income statement,
Statement of other comprehensive income or directly in equity
and how income tax expense is affected by non-taxable items.
Income tax expense for the current year comprises current and
deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in the Income
statement, except to the extent it relates to items recognised
in the Statement of other comprehensive income or directly in
equity. In these cases, income tax expense is recognised in the
Statement of other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amount used for taxation
purposes. The amount of the deferred tax is based on the
expected manner of realisation of the carrying amount of
assets and liabilities, using the tax rates enacted or substantially
enacted at reporting year end. A deferred tax asset is recognised
only to the extent it is probable it will be utilised.
Annual Report 202149
Income tax expense
2021
$M
2020
$M
Recognised in Income statement
Net earnings before tax
7273
Tax at 28%2021
Tax effect of adjustments
Other non-taxable items
55
Reinstatement of depreciation on buildings—(5)
Tax expense recognised in Income statement2521
Comprising:
Current tax expense
11
Deferred tax expense2420
2521
Recognised in other comprehensive income
Net movement in hedging related reserves
83(39)
Tax at 28%23(11)
Tax expense/(benefit) recognised in other comprehensive income23(11)
Comprising:
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
23(11)
23(11)
The movement in the deferred tax assets and liabilities is presented below.
Deferred tax receivable
Changes in fair value of
hedging reserves
$M
Finance leases
$M
Total
$M
Balance at 1 July 20193368101
Recognised in Income statement—44
Recognised in other comprehensive income11—11
Balance at 30 June 20204472116
Recognised in other comprehensive income(23)—(23)
Balance at 30 June 2021217293
Deferred tax payable
EMTN debt securities
$M
Network, software,
customer retention and
other intangible assets
$M
Other
$M
Total
$M
Balance at 1 July 201923204326
Recognised in Income statement(2)18824
Balance at 30 June 2020—33812350
Recognised in Income statement—18624
Balance at 30 June 2021—35618374
Imputation credits
There are $33 million (30 June 2020: $74 million) imputation credits available for subsequent reporting periods. Chorus has sufficient
imputation credits to fully impute the 2021 final dividend.
Note 14 – Taxation (cont.)
Annual Report 202150
Note 15 – Cash, call deposits, and cash overdraft
Cash and call deposits are held with bank and financial
institution counterparties rated at a minimum of A, based on
rating agency Standard & Poor’s ratings.
There are no cash or call deposit balances held that are not
available for use.
The carrying values of cash and call deposits approximate
their fair values. The maximum credit exposure is limited to the
carrying value of cash and call deposits.
Cash and call deposits denominated in foreign currencies are
retranslated into New Zealand dollars at the spot rate of exchange
at the reporting date. All differences arising on settlement or
translation of monetary items are taken to the Income statement.
Chorus has a $10 million overdraft facility which is used in
normal course of operations.
Cash flow
Cash flows from derivatives in cash flow and fair value hedge
relationships are recognised in the Statement of cash flows in
the same category as the hedged item.
For the purposes of the Statement of cash flows, cash is
considered to be cash on hand, in banks and cash equivalents,
including bank overdrafts and highly liquid investments that are
readily convertible to known amounts of cash which are subject
to an insignificant risk of changes in values.
Note 16 – Equity
Share capital
Movements in Chorus Limited’s issued ordinary shares were as follows:
2021
Number of shares
(millions)
2020
Number of shares
(millions)
Balance 1 July444439
Dividend reinvestment plan35
Balance at 30 June447444
Chorus Limited has 447,024,884 fully paid ordinary shares
(30 June 2020: 444,491,560). The issued shares have no par
value. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive
dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to
one vote per share at meetings of Chorus Limited. Under
Chorus Limited’s constitution, Crown approval is required if a
shareholder wishes to have a holding of 10% or more of Chorus
Limited’s ordinary shares, or if a shareholder who is not a
New Zealand national wishes to have a holding of 49.9% or more
of ordinary shares.
On 12 October 2020 and 13 April 2021, fully imputed dividends
of 14 cents per share and 10.5 cents per share respectively were
paid to shareholders. These two dividend payments totalled
$109 million (30 June 2020: 23.5 cents, $104 million).
In relation to the October 2020 dividend, eligible shareholders
(those resident in New Zealand or Australia) could choose to
have Chorus Limited reinvest all or part of their dividends in
additional Chorus Limited shares. 2,533,324 shares with a total
value of $23 million (30 June 2020: 5,203,406 shares across
both dividends, $28 million) were issued in lieu of the October
2020 dividend. The dividend reinvestment plan was not available
for the April 2021 dividend.
Chorus Limited issues securities to CIP based on the number
of premises passed. CIP securities are a class of security that
carry no right to vote at meetings of holders of Chorus Limited
ordinary shares but carry a preference on liquidation. Refer to
note 6 for additional information on CIP securities.
Should Chorus Limited return capital to shareholders, any return
of capital that arose on demerger may be taxable as Chorus
Limited had zero available subscribed capital on demerger.
Long-term performance share scheme
Chorus operates a long-term performance share scheme for
selected key management personnel. Under the legacy option
plan, selected key management personnel were issued shares.
This was superseded by a new long-term performance share
scheme in July 2019 under which key senior management are
issued share-rights instead of issuing shares. The existing grants
under the legacy share plan will continue until their vesting date.
Legacy share scheme
In August 2018, Chorus issued one three-year grant. The shares
have a vesting date of 27 August 2021 and an expiry date of
27 February 2022. The grant has an absolute performance hurdle
(Chorus’ actual total shareholder return equalling or being
greater than 10.4% per annum compounding) ending on the
vesting date, with provision for monthly retesting in the following
six month period.
The shares are held by a nominee (Chorus LTI Trustee Limited)
on behalf of the participants, until after the shares vest when the
nominee is directed to transfer or sell the shares. If the shares do
not vest, they may be held or sold by the nominee. The shares
carry the same rights as all other shares.
Participants have been provided with interest-free limited
recourse loans to fund the 101,480 shares purchased under the
LTI scheme (30 June 2020: 245,094 shares).
Annual Report 202151
New share scheme
In August 2019, Chorus issued a tranche of share rights
under the new scheme. The shares have a vesting date of
30 August 2022 and an expiry date of 30 August 2023. The grant
has an absolute performance hurdle (Chorus’ actual total
shareholder return equalling or being greater than 10.35% per
annum compounding) ending on the vesting date, with provision
for monthly retesting in the following twelve-month period.
In August 2020, Chorus issued a tranche of share rights
under the new scheme. The shares have a vesting date of
30 August 2023 and an expiry date of 30 August 2024. The grant
has an absolute performance hurdle (Chorus’ actual total
shareholder return equalling or being greater than 9.65% per
annum compounding) ending on the vesting date, with provision
for monthly retesting in the following twelve-month period.
The LTI scheme is an equity settled scheme and treated as an
option plan for accounting purposes. Each tranche of each grant
was valued separately. The absolute performance hurdle was
valued using Monte Carlo simulations.
The combined option cost for the year ended 30 June 2021
of $399,000 has been recognised in the Income statement
(30 June 2020: $392,000).
Reserves
Refer to note 19 for information on the cash flow hedge reserve
and cost of hedging reserve.
Note 17 – Earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share at 30 June 2021 is based on the net earnings for the year of $47 million (30 June 2020:
$52 million), and a weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period of 446 million (30 June 2020:
444 million), calculated as follows:
20212020
Basic earnings per share
Net earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders ($ millions)
4752
Denominator - weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)446444
Basic earnings per share (dollars)0.110.12
Diluted earnings per share
Net earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders ($ millions)
4752
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)446444
Ordinary shares required to settle CIP equity securities (millions)12183
Ordinary shares required to settle CIP warrants (millions)1514
Denominator - diluted weighted average number of shares (millions)582541
Diluted earnings per share (dollars)0.080.10
The number of ordinary shares that would have been required
to settle all CIP equity securities and CIP warrants on issue at 30
June has been used for the purposes of the diluted earnings per
share calculation.
Net tangible assets per security
Net tangible assets per security as at 30 June 2021 was $1.45
(30 June 2020: $1.39).
Note 18 – Related party transactions
Transactions with related parties
Key management personnel are defined as those persons
having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and
controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, and
include the Directors, the Chief Executive, and his direct reports.
Certain key management personnel have interests in a number
of companies that Chorus has transactions within the normal
course of business.
Chorus has loans to employees and nominees receivable at
30 June 2021 of $0.4 million (30 June 2020: $0.9 million) as
outlined in the employee share plan section of note 16. All loans
outstanding are interest-free limited recourse loans.
Note 16 – Equity (cont.)
Annual Report 202152
Key management personnel compensation
2021
$000's
2020
$000's
Short term employee benefits7, 78 58,368
Termination benefits595—
Share based payments468392
8,8488,760
This table includes gross remuneration of $1.1 million (30 June 2020: $1.1 million) paid to Directors and $7.7 million (30 June 2020:
$7.7 million) paid to key management personnel for the year.
Refer to note 16 for details of long-term incentives.
Note 19 – Derivatives
Chorus uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its
exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates,
interest rates and the spot price of electricity. The use of hedging
instruments is governed by the Treasury Policy approved by the
Board. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the
date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently
remeasured to fair value, with an adjustment made for credit risk in
accordance with NZ IFRS 9: Financial Instruments. The derivatives
are considered Level 2 investments as defined in Note 20.
Recognition of the resulting remeasurement gain or loss
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging
instrument. If the derivative is not designated as a hedging
instrument, the remeasurement gain or loss is recognised
immediately in the Income statement.
Interest rate swaps
As at 30 June 2021 Chorus holds all interest rate swaps in
designated hedging relationships.
All interest rate swaps which are designated as cash flow hedges
are held in effective hedging relationships and their unrealised
gains or losses are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.
Chorus has also entered into two interest rate swaps which are
designated as fair value hedges. They have a combined face
value $200 million and were entered in conjunction with the
10 year NZD bonds issued on 2 December 2020. The intention of
these instruments is to swap the interest exposure from a fixed
to a floating rate to December 2030. This hedging relationship
was entered to comply with Chorus Treasury Policy which does
not allow for greater than 70% of term debt to be subject to fixed
interest rates beyond a 3 year time period.
Restructured interest rate swaps
Three interest rate swaps have been restructured: two in
December 2018 and one in February 2020.
The two December 2018 restructured interest rate swaps
have a combined face value of $500 million and were reset
in conjunction with the resettable NZD fixed rate bond issued
on 6 December 2018 to hedge interest rate exposure from
December 2023. As part of the restructure the original hedge
relationship was discontinued and on termination there was a
net present value of $14 million to be recognised in the cash flow
hedge reserve. This amount was held in the cash flow hedge
reserve as the hedged item still exists and is amortised over the
original hedge period (April 2020-April 2026). The unamortised
balance of the original fair values at 30 June 2021 is $11 million
(30 June 2020: $13 million).
The forward dated interest rate swap restructured in February 2020
had a face value of $200 million and was reset to be in conjunction
with the EUR 300 million EMTN issued on 5 December 2019,
to hedge interest rate exposure from April 2020. The original
hedge relationship was discontinued and on termination had
a net present value of $27 million. This amount was held in the
cash flow hedge reserve as the hedged item still exists and will
be amortised over the original hedge period (April 2020-April
2026). The unamortised balance of the original fair values at
30 June 2021 was $21 million (30 June 2020: $26 million).
Cross currency interest rate swaps
In conjunction with the EMTN EUR 500 million issued in October
2016 and the EMTN EUR 300 million issued in December 2019,
Chorus entered into cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge
the foreign currency and foreign interest rate risks on the EUR
EMTNs. The 2016 swaps have an aggregate principal of EUR
500 million on the receive leg and NZD 785 million on the pay
leg, and the 2019 swaps have an aggregate principal of EUR
300 million on the receive leg and NZD 514 million on the pay leg.
Using the cross-currency interest rate swaps, Chorus will pay New
Zealand Dollar floating interest rates and receive EUR nominated
fixed interest with coupon payments matching the underlying
notes. Chorus designated the EMTN and cross currency interest
rate swaps into three-part hedging relationships for each issue:
• a fair value hedge of EUR benchmark interest rates,
• a cash flow hedge of margin; and
• a cash flow hedge of the principal exchange.
Note 18 – Related party transactions (cont.)
Annual Report 202153
Hedge accounting
Chorus designates certain derivatives as either:
• Fair value hedges (of the fair value of recognised assets or
liabilities or firm commitments); or
• Cash flow hedges (of highly probable forecast transactions).
At inception each hedge relationship is formalised in NZ IFRS 9
compliant hedge documentation.
Chorus has a 1:1 hedge ratio and sources of ineffectiveness are
generally driven by credit value adjustments of derivatives.
Cash flow hedges
For cash flow hedges the effective part of the changes in fair value
of the hedging derivative are deferred in Other comprehensive
income and are transferred to the Income statement when the
hedged item affects the Income statement. Any gain or loss
relating to the ineffective portion of the hedging instrument in cash
flow hedge relationships are recognised in the Income statement.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge instrument
expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for
hedge accounting.
Once hedging is discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss
previously recognised in Other comprehensive income is
recognised in the Income statement either:
• at the same time as the forecast transaction; or
• immediately if the transaction is no longer expected to occur.
Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of
the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet
affected the Income statement.
For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of gains or losses
from remeasuring the fair value of the hedging instrument is
recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated
in the cash flow hedge reserve. Accumulated gains or losses are
subsequently transferred to the Income statement when the
hedged item affects the Income statement, or when the hedged
item is a forecast transaction that is no longer expected to occur.
Alternatively, when the hedged item results in a non-financial
asset or liability, the accumulated gains and losses are included
in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.
As long as the existing cash flow hedge relationships remain
effective, any future gains or losses will be processed through
the hedge equity reserves. Minor differences in the hedged
values will flow to finance expense in the income statement over
the life of the derivatives as ineffectiveness. Neither the direction,
nor the rate of the impact on the income statement can be
predicted as it is influenced by external market factors. In the
current year, ineffectiveness was credit $4 million (30 June 2020:
debit $3 million) across the hedge relationships (refer to note 4).
A reconciliation of movements in the cash flow hedge reserve:
2021
$M
2020
$M
Balance at 1 July10574
Changes in cash flow hedges(86)39
Amortisation of de-designated cash flow hedges transferred to Income statement(7)4
Tax expense/(benefit)26(12)
Closing balance at 30 June38105
Fair value hedges
Under a fair value hedge, the hedged item is revalued at fair
value in respect of the hedged risk. This revaluation is recognised
in the Income statement to offset the mark-to-market
revaluation of the hedging derivative, except for any adjustment
on the hedging derivative relating to credit risk.
Once hedging is discontinued, the fair value adjustment to the
carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged
risk is amortised through the Income statement from that date
through to maturity of the hedged item. If the hedged item is
derecognised any corresponding fair value hedge adjustment is
immediately recognised in the Income statement.
To hedge the interest rate risk and foreign currency risk on the
EUR EMTN, Chorus uses cross currency interest rate swaps.
For hedge accounting purposes, these swaps were aggregated
and designated as two cash flow hedges and a fair value hedge.
Chorus hedges a portion of the EUR EMTN for Euro fixed rate
interest to Euro floating rate interest via a fair value hedge. In this
case, the change in the fair value of the hedged risk is also
attributed to the carrying value of the EMTN (refer to note 4).
Cost of hedging reserve
The cost of hedging reserve captures changes in the fair value
of the cost to convert foreign currency to NZD of Chorus’ cross
currency interest rate swaps on the EUR EMTN.
A reconciliation of movements in the cost of hedging reserve:
2021
$M
2020
$M
Balance at 1 July69
Change in currency basis spreads (when excluded from the designation)10(4)
Tax (benefit)/expense(3)1
Closing balance at 30 June136
Note 19 – Derivatives (cont.)
Annual Report 202154
Hedging instruments used (pre-tax):
Life to date values as at 30 June 2021
Year to date values recognised during the year ended
30 June 2021
Carrying amount of the hedging instrument
Hedge effectiveness in
reserves
Hedge
effectiveness
Hedge
ineffectiveness
Currency
Maturity
years
Average
rate
Nominal
amount of
the hedging
instrument
$M
Assets
$M
Liabilities
$M
Change in
value used for
calculating
hedge
effectiveness
$M
Cost of
hedging
reserve
$M
Cash flow
hedge
(OCI)
$M
Cash flow
hedge
reclassified
to the
Income
statement
$M
Fair value
hedge
recognised in
the Income
statement
$M
Recognised
in the Income
statement
$M
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps
(including forward
starting)
NZD3-81.50%86412—12—41———
Restructured
interest rate swaps
2018 (forward
starting)
NZD84.41%500—(53)(37)—32——(2)
Restructured
interest rate swap
2020
NZD63.35%200—(20)8—15——5
Forward exchange
rate contracts
NZD:USD1-20.690352—(1)(1)—(1)(1)——
Forward exchange
rate contracts
NZD:SEK1-25.929843————————
Electricity futuresNZD1-3NANA5—6—6(1)——
Fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps
NZD9Floating200—(18)(18)———(18)1
Fair value and cash flow hedges
Cross currency
interest rate swaps
NZD:EUR3Floating78558—71(13)(20)214—
Cross currency
interest rate swaps
NZD:EUR6Floating514—(15)(10)(6)(12)134—
Total hedged derivatives3,15875(107)31(19)6132(10)4
Current—4(1)——
Non-current—71(106)——
Note 19 – Derivatives (cont.)
Annual Report 202155
Life to date values as at 30 June 2020
Year to date values recognised during the year ended
30 June 2020
Carrying amount of the hedging instrument
Hedge effectiveness in
reserves
Hedge
effectiveness
Hedge
ineffectiveness
Currency
Maturity
years
Average
rate
Nominal
amount of
the hedging
instrument
$M
Assets
$M
Liabilities
$M
Change in
value used for
calculating
hedge
effectiveness
$M
Cost of
hedging
reserve
$M
Cash flow
hedge
(OCI)
$M
Cash flow
hedge
reclassified
to the
Income
statement
$M
Fair value
hedge
recognised in
the Income
statement
$M
Recognised
in the Income
statement
$M
Cash flow hedges
Cross currency
interest rate swaps
NZD:GBP0Floating—————178(186)—(2)
Interest rate swapsNZD04.89%—————18———
Interest rate swaps
(including forward
starting)
NZD4-91.93%600—(31)(31)—12———
Restructured
interest rate swaps
2018 (forward
starting)
NZD94.41%500—(81)(65)—(31)———
Restructured
interest rate swap
2020
NZD73.35%200—(36)(8)—(34)———
Forward exchange
rate contracts
NZD:USD1-20.6586221—1—1(1)——
Forward exchange
rate contracts
NZD:SEK16.016834————————
Electricity futuresNZD1-3NANA1—1—1(1)——
Fair value and cash flow hedges
Cross currency
interest rate swaps
NZD:EUR4Floating78585—95(11)27(24)(1)—
Cross currency
interest rate swaps
NZD:EUR7Floating5148—625(8)(6)(1)
Total hedged derivatives2,65595(148)(1)(9)177(220)(7)(3)
Current—2———
Non-current—93(148)——
All hedging instruments can be found in the derivative finance
assets and liabilities, in the Statement of financial position. Items
taken to the Income statement have been recognised in finance
expenses (refer note 4).
Credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments
is managed by ensuring that transactions are executed with
counterparties with high quality credit ratings along with credit
exposure limits for different credit classes. The counterparty credit
risk is monitored and reviewed by the Board on a regular basis.
Note 19 – Derivatives (cont.)
Annual Report 202156
Note 20 – Financial risk management
Chorus’ financial instruments consist of cash, short-term
deposits, trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments),
investments and advances, trade payables and certain other
payables, syndicated bank facilities, EMTN, fixed rate NZD bonds,
derivative financial instruments and CIP securities. Financial
risk management for currency and interest rate risk is carried
out by the treasury function under policies approved by the
Board. Chorus’ risk management policy, approved by the Board,
provides the basis for overall financial risk management.
Chorus does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments
for trading purposes. All contracts have been entered into with
creditworthy financial institutions. The risk associated with these
transactions is the cost of replacing these agreements at the
current market rates in the event of default by a counterparty.
Currency risk
Chorus’ exposure to foreign currency fluctuations predominantly
arises from the foreign currency debt and future commitments
to purchase foreign currency denominated assets. The primary
objective in managing foreign currency risk is to protect against
the risk that Chorus’ assets, liabilities and financial performance
will fluctuate due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
Chorus enters into foreign exchange contracts and cross currency
interest rate swaps to manage the foreign exchange exposure.
Chorus has EUR 800 million foreign currency debt in the form of
EMTN. The EUR EMTN has in place cross currency interest rate
swaps under which Chorus receives EUR 800 million principal
and EUR fixed coupon payments for $1,299 million principal
and floating NZD interest payments. The exchange gain or
loss resulting from the translation of EMTN denominated in
foreign currency to NZD is recognised in the Income statement.
The movement is offset by the translation of the principal value
of the related cross currency interest rate swap.
As at 30 June 2021, Chorus did not have any significant
unhedged exposure to currency risk (30 June 2020: no
significant unhedged exposure to currency risk). A 10% increase
or decrease in the exchange rate, with all other variables held
constant, would have minimal impact on profit and equity
reserves of Chorus.
Electricity price risk
In the normal course of business, Chorus is exposed to a variety
of financial risks which include the volatility in electricity prices.
Chorus has entered into electricity swap contracts to reduce
the exposure to electricity spot price movements. Chorus
has designated the electricity contracts as cash flow hedge
relationships.
A 10% increase or decrease in the spot price of electricity, with
all other variables held constant, would have minimal impact on
profit and equity reserves of Chorus.
Interest rate risk
Chorus has interest rate risk arising from the cross currency
interest rate swap converting the foreign debt into a floating
rate NZD obligation as well as loans under the syndicated bank
facility which are subject to floating interest rates, and the fixed
to floating interest rate swaps which hedge the 2030 NZD Bond.
Where appropriate, Chorus aims to reduce the uncertainty of
changes in interest rates by entering into interest rate swaps to
fix the effective interest rate to minimise the cost of net debt
and manage the impact of interest rate volatility on earnings.
The interest rate risk on a portion of the EUR cross currency
interest rate swaps has been hedged using interest rate swaps.
Interest rate repricing analysis
30 June 2021
Within 1 Year
$M
1-2 Years
$M
2-3 Years
$M
3-4 Years
$M
4-5 Years
$M
Greater than 5
years
$M
Total
$M
Floating rate
Debt (after hedging)
635 —————635
Fixed rate
Debt (after hedging)
140 —350 ——1,214 1,704
CIP securities————132 413 545
775—350—132 1,6272,884
30 June 2020
Floating rate
Cash and deposits
5 —————5
Debt (after hedging)599 —————599
Fixed rate
Debt (after hedging)
430 ——350 —850 1,630
CIP securities—————461 461
1,034 ——350 —1,3112,695
Annual Report 202157
Sensitivity Analysis
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates with all other variables held constant, would increase or decrease equity (after hedging)
and earnings after tax by the amounts shown below:
2021
$M
Profit / (loss)
2021
$M
Equity (increase) / decrease
2020
$M
Profit / (loss)
2020
$M
Equity (increase) / decrease
100 basis point increase1(4)3(4)
100 basis point decrease(1)5(3)6
Credit risk
In the normal course of business, Chorus incurs counterparty
credit risk from financial instruments, including cash, trade
and other receivables, finance lease receivables and derivative
financial instruments.
Chorus has certain derivative transactions that are subject to
bilateral credit support agreements that require Chorus or the
counterparty to post collateral to support the value of certain
derivatives. As at 30 June 2021 no collateral was posted.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was
as follows:
Notes
2021
$M
2020
$M
Cash and call deposits1553—
Trade and other receivables11103117
Derivative financial instruments197595
Lease receivable5—3
Maximum exposure to credit risk231215
Refer to individual notes for additional information on credit risk.
Chorus enters into derivative transactions under the International
Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements.
The ISDA agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in
the Statement of financial position, as Chorus does not currently
have any legally enforceable right to offset recognised amounts.
Under the ISDA agreements the right to offset is enforceable
only on the occurrence of future events such as a default on the
bank loans or other credit events. The potential net impact of
this offsetting is shown below. Chorus does not hold, and is not
required to post, collateral against its derivative positions.
Net derivatives after applying rights of offset under ISDA agreements:
30 June 2021
Gross amounts of financial instruments
in the statement of financial position
$M
Related financial instruments
that are not offset
$M
Net amount
$M
Financial assets
Other investments including derivatives
Interest rates swaps
12(12)—
Electricity futures5—5
Cross currency interest rate swaps58(15)43
75(27)48
Financial liabilities
Interest rates swaps
(18)12(6)
Cross currency interest rate swaps(15)15—
Restructured interest rate swaps(73)—(73)
Forward exchange contracts(1)—(1)
(107)27(80)
30 June 2020
Financial assets
Other investments including derivatives
Electricity futures
11
Cross currency interest rate swaps93—93
Forward exchange contracts1—1
95—95
Financial liabilities
Interest rates swaps
(31)—(31)
Restructured interest rate swaps(117)—(117)
(148)—(148)
Note 20 – Financial risk management (cont.)
Annual Report 202158
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that Chorus will encounter difficulty raising
liquid funds to meet commitments as they fall due or foregoing
investment opportunities, resulting in defaults or excessive debt
costs. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining
sufficient cash and the ability to meet its financial obligations.
Chorus’ exposure to liquidity risk based on contractual cash flows
relating to financial liabilities is summarised below:
30 June 2021
Carrying
amount
$M
Contractual
cashflow
$M
Within 1
Year
$M
1-2 Years
$M
2-3 Years
$M
3-4 Years
$M
4-5 Years
$M
5+ Years
$M
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
28928927811————
Leases (net settled)2644291717171717344
Debt2,3732,7071894789638381,499
CIP securities545545————132413
Derivative financial liabilities
Interest rate swaps
7989131012121032
Cross currency interest rate swaps:
Inflows
58(1,502)(14)(14)(893)(5)(5)(571)
Outflows151,45033408151820524
Forward exchange contracts:
Inflows
1(84)(59)(25)————
Outflows—866125————
30 June 2020
Carrying
amount
$M
Contractual
cashflow
$M
Within 1
Year
$M
1-2 Years
$M
2-3 Years
$M
3-4 Years
$M
4-5 Years
$M
5+ Years
$M
Non derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
2822822793————
Leases (net settled)2664421417171617361
Debt2,3222,6104874040911311,101
CIP securities461461—————461
Derivative financial liabilities
Interest rate swaps
148157161616212563
Cross currency interest rate swaps:
Inflows
93(1,464)(14)(14)(14)(885)(5)(532)
Outflows—1,44431293080613535
Forward exchange contracts:
Inflows
1(45)(24)(21)————
Outflows—442321————
The gross (inflows)/outflows of derivative financial liabilities
disclosed in the table represent the contractual undiscounted
cash flows relating to derivative financial liabilities held for risk
management purposes and which are usually not closed out
prior to contractual maturity. The disclosure shows net cash
flow amounts for derivatives that are net cash settled and
gross cash inflow and outflow amounts for derivatives that
have simultaneous gross cash settlement (for example forward
exchange contracts).
Chorus manages liquidity risk by ensuring sufficient access
to committed facilities, continuous cash flow monitoring and
maintaining prudent levels of short-term debt maturities.
At balance date, Chorus had available $350 million under
the syndicated bank facilities (30 June 2020: $550 million).
$140 million of the facilities have been drawn down as at
30 June 2021 (30 June 2020: $30 million).
Capital risk management
Chorus manages its capital considering shareholders’ interests,
the value of its assets and credit ratings. The capital Chorus
manages consists of cash and debt balances.
The Chorus Board’s broader capital management objectives
include maintaining an investment grade credit rating with
headroom. In the longer term, the Board continues to consider a
‘BBB’ rating appropriate for a business such as Chorus.
Hedge accounting
Chorus designates and documents the relationship between
hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk
management objective and strategy for undertaking various
hedge transactions. At hedge inception (and on an ongoing
basis), hedges are assessed to establish if they are effective in
offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
Note 20 – Financial risk management (cont.)
Annual Report 202159
Hedges are classified into two primary types: cash flow hedges
and fair value hedges. Refer to note 19 for additional information
on cash flow and fair value hedge reserves.
Fair value
Financial instruments are either carried at amortised cost, less
any provision for impairment losses, or fair value. The only
significant variances between instruments held at amortised cost
and their fair value relate to the EMTN.
For those instruments recognised at fair value in the statement
of financial position, fair values are determined as follows:
Level 1: Quoted market prices – financial instruments with
quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2: Valuation techniques using observable inputs – financial
instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments
in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in inactive markets. Where quoted prices
are not available, the fair value of financial instruments
is valued using models where all significant inputs are
observable.
Level 3: Valuation techniques with significant non-observable
inputs – financial instruments valued using models
where one or more significant inputs are not observable.
The relevant financial assets and financial liabilities and their
respective fair values are outlined in note 19 and are all Level 2
(30 June 2020: Level 2).
Cross currency interest rate swaps, interest rate swaps and
forward-dated interest rate swaps
Fair value is estimated by using a valuation model involving
discounted future cash flows of the derivative using the
applicable forward price curve (for the relevant interest rate and
foreign exchange rate) and discount rate.
Electricity swaps
Fair value is estimated on the ASX forward price curve that relates
to the derivative.
Note 21 – Contingent liabilities
There are no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2021.
Note 22 – Subsequent events
Dividends
On 23 August 2021 Chorus declared a dividend in respect of year ended 30 June 2021. The total amount of the dividend is
$65 million, which represents a fully imputed dividend of 14.5 cents per ordinary share.
CIP securities and Crown funding
There were 4 call notices issued subsequent to balance date.
Note 20 – Financial risk management (cont.)
Annual Report 202160
Annual Report 202161
Governance
and disclosures
62 Our Board
64 Corporate governance framework
71 Managing risk
74 Acting ethically
75 Shareholder engagement
76 Remuneration and performance
83 Disclosures
92 Glossary
Annual Report 202162
Our Board
Sue Bailey
Graduate Diploma
in Marketing
(with Distinction) from
RMIT University
Director since
31 October 2019
Independent
Sue has over 30 years
experience in
telecommunications,
across fixed telephony,
mobile and broadband.
She has worked for Telstra,
Virgin Mobile and most
recently for Optus where
she was a member of the
executive leadership team.
From 2010 to 2013, Sue was
the CEO for Virgin Mobile
Australia, a fully owned
subsidiary of Optus. Prior to
that, she was a Senior Vice
President at Virgin Mobile USA
where her responsibilities
included product marketing,
customer lifecycle
management and analytics.
Sue’s career began in Telstra,
where she held a range
of marketing and product
roles. Sue is a director of
CareFlight and a member
of the Australian Institute of
Company Directors.
Sue is on our People,
Performance and Culture
Committee.
Mark Cross
BBS (Accounting &
Finance), CA
Director since
1 November 2016
Independent
Mark is an experienced
director with more than
20 years of international
experience in corporate
finance and investment
banking.
Mark is currently chair of
Milford Asset Management,
and is a director of Accident
Compensation Corporation
(ACC), Z Energy and Xero.
He is also a former director
of Genesis Energy and
Argosy Property.
Mark is a member of
Chartered Accountants
Australia and New Zealand,
a chartered member
of the Institute of Directors
NZ and a member of the
Australian Institute of
Company Directors.
Mark is chair of our Audit
and Risk Management
Committee, and on our
Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee.
Prue Flacks
LLB, LLM
Director since
1 December 2011
Independent
Prue is a professional
director with experience
across a range of industries.
Prue was formerly a
commercial lawyer and a
partner in the national law
firm Russell McVeagh for
20 years. Her expertise
includes corporate and
regulatory matters,
corporate finance, capital
markets and business
restructuring.
Prue is currently chair of
Mercury NZ Limited.
She is a chartered member
of the Institute of Directors.
Prue is on our People,
Performance and Culture
Committee and on our
Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee.
Murray Jordan
MProp
Director since
1 September 2015
Independent
Murray has extensive
experience in the
management of highly
customer focused
organisations and in
navigating extremely
complex environments,
including as managing
director of Foodstuffs North
Island, one of New Zealand's
largest companies.
Murray has also previously
held various general
manager positions at
Foodstuffs and management
roles in the property
investment and development
sectors. He is a director of
Metlifecare, Metcash Limited,
an ASX listed company,
Southern Cross Medical
Care Society, Southern Cross
Healthcare Limited, SkyCity
and Stevenson Group, and
a Board trustee of Starship
Foundation.
Murray is chair of our People,
Performance and Culture
Committee.
Annual Report 202163
Our Board and management are committed to
ensuring our people act ethically, with integrity
and in accordance with our policies and values.
Kate Jorgensen
BBus, CA
Director since 1 July 2020
Independent
Kate has significant financial,
audit, governance and
commercial experience and
has held a number of senior
leadership positions within
the telecommunications,
infrastructure and
construction industries in
New Zealand.
Most recently, she was CFO
of Vodafone New Zealand.
Prior to that, Kate was CFO
of KiwiRail, CFO of Fletcher
Building's infrastructure
division and a senior audit
manager for KPMG.
Kate was a former advisory
Board member of the
New Zealand Sustainable
Business Council.
Kate is a member of
Chartered Accountants
Australia and New Zealand.
Kate is a member of our
Audit and Risk Management
Committee.
Jack Matthews
BA Philosophy, College
of William and Mary
Director since
1 July 2017
Independent
Jack is an experienced
director who has held a
number of senior leadership
positions within the media,
telecommunications and
technology industries in
Australia and New Zealand.
Jack has extensive
telecommunications
industry experience having
been CEO of TelstraSaturn
during the period they
deployed their HFC network
in New Zealand, as well as
a former director of Crown
Fibre Holdings, the Crown
agency overseeing the
rollout of New Zealand’s
fibre infrastructure network.
Formerly, Jack was CEO
of Fairfax Media’s Metro
Division, CEO of Fairfax
Digital and Chief Operating
Officer of Jupiter TV (Japan).
Jack is currently a director
of Plexure Group and
New Zealand Golf Network
Limited and a former director
of The Network for Learning,
APN Outdoor Group and
Trilogy International.
Jack is on our Audit and Risk
Management Committee.
Patrick Strange
BE (Hons), PhD
Chair
Director since 6 April 2015
Independent
Patrick has spent 30 years
working as a senior executive
and director in both private
and listed companies,
including more than six
years as Chief Executive
of Transpower where he
oversaw Transpower’s
$3.8 billion of essential
investment in the National
Grid. Patrick is currently
chair of Auckland
International Airport, and
a director of Mercury NZ.
Patrick is chair of our
Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee.
Annual Report 202164
This statement outlines the key aspects of our
corporate governance framework and was
approved by our Board on 20 August 2021.
As a New Zealand company listed on the NZX, our corporate
governance policies and practices meet or exceed the
standards of that market. We have adopted and fully
followed the recommendations set out in the NZX Corporate
Governance Code.
Although we have an ASX “foreign exempt” listing status
1
we
also continue to take the ASX Corporate Governance Code
into account in our governance practices and policies.
Our Board regularly reviews and assesses our governance
policies, processes and practices to identify opportunities
for enhancement.
Chorus is, this year, publishing its first sustainability report
(Sustainability Report), reflecting our ambition to support
New Zealand in its transition to be more sustainable.
The Sustainability Report contains information on our
sustainability strategy, including our environmental focus,
our commitment to strengthening the digital capability in
New Zealand, and our commitment to helping our
people thrive.
Our corporate governance practices are outlined on the
following pages, in our Sustainability Report and available at
www.chorus.co.nz/governance.
Key corporate governance documents are also available
at www.chorus.co.nz/governance.
Our Board’s role
Our Board is appointed by shareholders and has overall
responsibility for strategy, culture, health and safety,
governance and performance.
1 An ASX foreign exempt listing is based on the principle of substituted compliance. This means our primary obligation is to comply with the NZX listing
rules (as our home exchange). As a result we do not need to follow or report against compliance with the ASX Corporate Governance Code.
Board membership
Our Board’s skills, experience and composition support
effective governance and decision making, positioning it
to add value.
Supported by the Nominations and Corporate Governance
Committee (NCGC) our Board regularly assesses its
composition utilising a skills matrix and annual evaluation
processes. Training is provided or recruitment undertaken
if new or additional skills or experience is required. This
ensures diversity of thought, skills and expertise and that
our Board remains aligned with our strategic direction.
Our constitution provides for a minimum of five and a
maximum of 12 directors.
As at 30 June 2021 we had seven directors all of whom are
independent directors. We have four male directors and
three female directors.
Directors are not appointed for specified terms. However,
the NZX listing rules compulsorily require that no director
term exceeds three years, requiring all directors to stand
again for re-election before their third anniversary. Due
to Chorus' succession planning, Chorus has at least one
director standing for re-election each year. Jack Matthews
and Prue Flacks both stood for re-election in 2020, while
Kate Jorgensen stood for election as a new director.
We recognise that women and ethnic minorities are
still under-represented in the leadership of New Zealand
businesses and our Board remains actively conscious of
this in its succession planning. More information on our
approach to diversity is set out in our Sustainability Report,
available at
www.company.chorus.co.nz/sustainability.
Corporate governance
framework
Annual Report 202165
Summary
1
of our Board’s roles and responsibilities:
Culture• Leading culture “from the top” so our culture is consistent with our values
Strategy &
performance
• Engaging in ongoing strategy development
• Overseeing capital allocation
• Overseeing the regulatory strategy as we transition to a new regulatory regime
• Approving, and reviewing performance against, our strategy and business plans (including capital
expenditure and operating budgets)
Financial oversight &
reporting
• Overseeing our accounting and reporting systems and, where appropriate, approving our financial and
other reporting
• Overseeing and monitoring the performance of internal and external auditors
• Overseeing our control and accountability systems
• Overseeing long term capital management (balance sheet and dividends)
• Setting, monitoring and reviewing our internal audit plan
Risk management• Adopting and reviewing Chorus’ risk management framework, including setting the risk appetite
• Regularly reviewing principal risk reporting
Health & safety• Setting the strategy, culture and expectations in relation to health and safety
Board composition &
performance
• Reviewing and evaluating Board, Board committee and individual director performance
• Appointing members to Board committees
Governance• Overseeing corporate governance, including reviewing key governance documents
• Carrying out the functions specifically reserved to our Board and its committees under Board approved
policies and committee charters
• Monitoring compliance with our continuous disclosure obligations
People• Reviewing and approving remuneration and people strategies, structures and policies
• Appointing and removing our CEO, CFO, Chief Corporate Officer & General Counsel
• Assessing the measurable objectives set for, and progress towards achieving, our diversity and
inclusiveness goals
Significant transactions
• Approving major capital expenditure and business activities outside the limits delegated to management
1 Summary primarily drawn from the Board Charter but also from other supporting governance documents.
Annual Report 202166
Patrick Strange and Murray Jordan are retiring by rotation
and standing for re-election at our 2021 ASM. Prue Flacks
will step down from the Board at this year's ASM.
Our Board has determined that collectively its
directors have a broad range of managerial, financial,
accounting and industry skills and experience in
the key areas set out on the following page.
A summary of current directors skills, experience
and qualifications is set out on our website
at www.chorus.co.nz/governance.
As the Chorus business evolves, so too does the Board.
Chorus’ beginnings were focused on infrastructure build
and project management. With the success of the build,
we are increasingly focused on connecting customers
and their experience as well as future connectivity and
innovation opportunities. The Board considers it is
important to balance both specialist expertise and the
ongoing need for strong general commercial expertise.
Figure 12Figure 13:
Director tenureBoard gender diversity
DirectorAppointedLast elected at ASM
Prue Flacks20112020
Murray Jordan20152018
Patrick Strange20152018
Mark Cross20162019
Jack Matthews20172020
Sue Bailey20192019
Kate Jorgensen20202020
0–3 years
4–6 years
6+ years
Female
Male
29%
14%
57%
57%43%
Annual Report 202167
The following table reflects the strengths of the current Board based on a mix of key skills and experiences that are currently
relevant for Chorus.
Skill/experienceDescriptionCombined Board
Capital markets
and investment
Experience in, and understanding of, capital markets, market regulation,
capital investment and the investor experience
Communications
connectivity and
technology
Understanding, expertise and/or experience in communications connectivity,
adopting new technologies, leveraging and implementing technologies
Governance –
financial, audit,
legal, listed company
Experience with, and a commitment to, high corporate governance standards
including in listed companies
Understanding financial business drivers, and/or experience implementing or
overseeing financial accounting, external reporting and internal financial controls
Physical infrastructure
and operations
including contracting,
safety and risk
Experience in leading, and/or understanding of, physical infrastructure
operations, including contracting
Commitment and experience in management of workplace safety
Experience anticipating and identifying key risks and monitoring the effectiveness
of risk management frameworks and controls
Governance –
executive experience
in large businesses
Executive experience in leading large businesses, developing and implementing
strategy and strategic objectives, assessing business plans and driving execution
Infrastructure
regulation
Understanding the current and developing regulatory environment, complexities
and actual and potential impacts
Expertise identifying and managing legal, regulatory, public policy and corporate
affairs issues
Customer
experience
Experience in customer-led transformation, customer focus and/or customer
centric organisations
Moderate experienceSome experienceSubstantial experience
Annual Report 202168
Appointment
Our Board may appoint additional directors to our Board or
to fill a casual vacancy. Any director appointed by the Board
is required to stand for election at the next ASM.
The independence, qualifications, skills and experience
needed for the future and those of existing Board members
are reviewed before appointing new directors. External
advisors are also engaged to identify potential candidates.
To be eligible for selection, candidates must demonstrate
appropriate qualities and satisfy our Board they will commit
the time needed to be fully effective in their role.
Appropriate checks are undertaken before a candidate
is appointed or recommended for election as a director,
including as to the person’s character, experience, education,
criminal record and bankruptcy history.
Shareholders may also nominate candidates for appointment
to our Board. In addition, under the agreements entered into
with CIP relating to our UFB programme, CIP is entitled to
nominate one person as an independent director, however
CIP have never excercised this entitlement. Should this occur,
our Board must consider this nomination in good faith, but the
appointment (and removal) of any such person as a director is
to be made by shareholders in the same way as other directors.
We have written agreements with each non-executive
director setting out the terms of their appointment, including
obligations and responsibilities, compliance with our policies
(including code of ethics and securities trading) and ongoing
professional development.
No person who is an 'associated person' of a
telecommunications services provider in New Zealand may
be appointed or hold office as a director.
Minimum shareholding policy
Chorus' Minimum Shareholding Policy sets the expectation
on directors to hold, at a minimum, shares equal in value
to one year's director base fee (after tax). If not held at date
of appointment (or the commencement date of the policy),
the policy expects directors to accumulate this holding over
the first three years from the relevant date.
Director induction and professional development
Our director induction programme ensures new directors
are appropriately introduced to management and our
business, provides directors with relevant industry knowledge
and familiarises them with key governance documents and
key stakeholders.
Our directors are expected to continue ongoing professional
development to ensure they maintain appropriate expertise
to effectively perform their duties.
We hold dedicated Board education sessions covering a
range of topical matters, both technical and cultural.
Visits to our operations, briefings from key management,
industry experts and key advisers, together with educational
and stakeholder visits, are also arranged for our Board.
Review and evaluation of Board performance
Our Board uses performance and evaluation processes
overseen by our NCGC. As part of this process our chair
meets with directors individually to discuss performance.
Our Board also formally engages in annual reviews of our
Board chair, and chairs of our standing Board committees.
In addition to Board performance reviews, our Board
takes a future focused approach to future Board capability,
composition and the potential contribution of each
existing director.
Independent advice
A director may, with our chair’s prior approval, obtain
independent professional advice (including legal advice)
and request the attendance of advisers at Board and Board
committee meetings.
Independence
All our directors are independent directors.
For a director to be considered independent our Board must
affirmatively determine he or she does not have a disqualifying
relationship as set out in our Board charter. These disqualifying
relationships reflect those set out in the NZX listing rules and
NZX and ASX corporate governance codes.
Our Board has not set financial materiality thresholds for
determining independence but considers materiality in the
context of each relationship and from the perspective of the
parties to that relationship.
Delegation of authority
Our Board has overall responsibility for strategy, culture,
health and safety, governance and performance.
Implementation of our Board approved strategy, business
plan and governance frameworks, and responsibility for
developing our culture and health and safety practices, is
delegated by the Board to management through the CEO.
As such our CEO (with the support of his executive team) is
responsible for Chorus’ day-to-day management, operations
and leadership, reporting to the Board on key performance,
management and operational matters.
Our CEO sub-delegates authority to his executive team and
they sub-delegate their authority to other Chorus employees
within specified financial and non-financial limits.
Formal policies and procedures govern the parameters and
operation of these delegations.
Annual Report 202169
Three standing Board committees also assist our Board in
carrying out its responsibilities. Some Board responsibilities,
powers and authorities are delegated to those committees.
Board committees
Board committees assist our Board by focusing on specific
responsibilities in greater detail than is possible for the
Board as a whole. Each standing Board committee has a
Board approved charter and chair. Committee members are
appointed by our Board.
Other committees may be established and specific
responsibilities, powers and authorities delegated to those
committees and/or to particular directors.
Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC)
RoleOur ARMC assists our Board in overseeing our risk and financial management, accounting, audit and financial
reporting
MembersMark Cross (chair), Jack Matthews, Kate Jorgensen
IndependenceAll committee members are independent directors
Responsibilities• Overseeing the quality and integrity of external financial reporting, financial management, internal controls and
accounting policy and practice
• Regularly reviewing principal risk reporting
• Recommending to our Board the appointment, and if necessary removal, of the external auditor
• Assessing the adequacy of the external audit and independence of the external auditor
• Reviewing and monitoring the internal audit plan and reporting
• Overseeing the independence and objectivity of the internal audit function
• Reviewing compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards
People, Performance and Culture Committee (PPCC)
RoleOur PPCC assists our Board in overseeing people, culture and related policies and strategies
MembersMurray Jordan (chair), Prue Flacks, Sue Bailey
IndependenceAll committee members are independent directors
Responsibilities• Reviewing people and remuneration strategies, structures and policies
• Approving annual remuneration increase guides and budgets
• Reviewing candidates for, and the performance and remuneration of, our CEO
• Approving, on the recommendation of our CEO, the appointment of our CEO’s executive direct reports (except
our CFO and Chief Corporate Officer & General Counsel whose appointment is approved by our Board)
• Reviewing our CEO’s performance and his evaluation of his executive direct reports
• Developing and annually reviewing and assessing diversity and its reporting
• Overseeing recruitment, retention and termination policies and procedures for senior management
• Making recommendations (including proposing amendments) to our Board with respect to senior executive
(including CEO) incentive remuneration plans
• Annually reviewing non-executive director remuneration
Our
Shareholders
Chorus
Limited Board
CEO
Executive
Team
Our
People
Audit and Risk
Management Committee
People, Performance and
Culture Committee
Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee
Annual Report 202170
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee (NCGC)
RoleOur NCGC assists our Board in overseeing and promoting continuous improvement of corporate governance
at Chorus
MembersPatrick Strange (chair), Prue Flacks, Mark Cross
IndependenceAll committee members are independent directors
Responsibilities• Identifying and recommending suitable candidates for appointment to our Board and Board committees
• Reviewing the size, independence, qualifications, skills, experience and composition of our Board
• Developing, reviewing and making recommendations to our Board on corporate governance principles
• Establishing, developing and overseeing a process for the annual review and evaluation of Board, Board
committee, and individual director performance
• Developing and reviewing Board succession planning (including for the Board chair)
• Monitoring compliance with our codes of ethics and managing breaches of the Director Code of Ethics
• Reviewing and overseeing director induction and ongoing professional development
Ad-hoc Regulatory Sub-Committee
A new Regulatory Sub-Committee was established by the Board post balance date to oversee our regulatory strategy as we
transition into the new regulatory regime. The need to establish a sub-committee for additional regulatory work was flagged
to shareholders as part of the increase in the Directors' fee pool in 2019. The members include all of the directors on the
Board. The chair of the Board will be the chair of the new Regulatory Sub-Committee.
Board chair
Our chair is elected by the Board and must be a non-executive, independent director.
The chair’s responsibilities include:
• Leading the Board;
• Setting the agenda for Board meetings in consultation with the CEO;
• Facilitating the effective contribution of all directors; and
• Promoting constructive relationships between directors and management.
The chair’s other commitments must not hinder his or her effective performance in the role.
Board and Board committee meeting attendance in the year ended 30 June 2021
Regular Board
meetings
Other Board
meetings
1
ARMCPPCCNCGC
Total number of meetings
held
84442
Patrick Strange
2
842
Jon Hartley1
3
Mark Cross8442
Prue Flacks8442
Murray Jordan844
Jack Matthews844
Sue Bailey844
Kate Jorgensen844
JB Rousselot is not a director, but has attended 100% of all Board meetings.
Notes:
1 Includes dedicated Board education, and strategy and business planning, meetings. Directors also have health and safety site visits each year.
2 Patrick Strange, as Board chair, attends all Board committee meetings. As he is not a formal member of the ARMC or PPCC, that attendance is not
noted in the table.
3 Jon Hartley retired from the Board effective 31 August 2020.
Annual Report 202171
The risk and
control environment
2. Risk assessment and ratings
– Risk assessment (likelihood and impact)
– Risk ratings (critical, high, medium, low)
5. Annual risk reviews
– Completeness,
accuracy and validity
of principal risks
– Effectiveness of the
risk management
process
1. Risk identification and description
– Risk identification and description
– Recording principal risks
3. Risk mitigations
– Risk responses
– Mitigating controls
– Action plans
4. Regular risk reporting
– Mitigation status
– Risk trends
– Current and potential risks
– Action plan status
Assurance
Management assurance
Independent assurance
(including internal audit,
external audit)
Managing risk
Like all businesses, we are exposed to a range
of risks. Our risk management activities aim
to ensure we identify, prioritise and manage
key risks so we can execute our strategies and
achieve our goals.
Risk management
No business can thrive without taking on risk. Effective risk
management is about informed risk taking and appropriate
and active management of risks.
We seek to understand and respond to our current and
future business environment, and to actively seek and
robustly evaluate opportunities and initiatives which protect
and achieve our business strategies. We strive to understand,
meet and appropriately balance stakeholders’ expectations to
deliver value to shareholders and a sustainable environment
for Chorus in the long term.
Our Board
Our Board is ultimately responsible for risk management
governance:
• Annually setting risk appetite and tolerances and
determining principal risks;
• Participating in discussions concerning elements of risk
including emerging and unforeseen risks;
• Approving and regularly reviewing our Managing Risk Policy
and supporting framework;
• Promoting a culture of proactively managing risk; and
• Through our ARMC, providing risk oversight and monitoring.
Risk appetite
Our risk appetite sets our tolerable levels of risk. It forms
a dynamic link between strategy, target setting and risk
management and sets boundaries for day-to-day decision
making and reporting.
Risk management processes
Our Managing Risk Policy sets out how we manage
our risks, including by:
• Having a single risk management framework;
• Providing the CEO and executive team with discretion to
manage risk within the guidance provided in our framework;
• Balancing the level of control implemented to mitigate
identified risks with our commitment to comply with
external regulation and governance requirements and
Chorus’ value and growth aspirations; and
• Meeting good practice standards for risk management
processes and related governance.
Principal risks
Principal risks are owned by relevant executives. This
promotes integration into operations and planning and a
culture of proactive risk management. Notwithstanding
individual ownership, our CEO and executive hold collective
responsibility for considering how risk and events interrelate
and for managing our overall risk profile.
Principal risks are reported to our ARMC quarterly and, if
necessary, also by exception. Principal Risk owners support
the regular reporting from the Head of Risk, Internal Audit &
Compliance by providing “deep dives” on the risks they own.
Our ARMC reports to our Board.
Principal risks are assessed with each responsible executive
and collectively with the executive team before being
reported to the ARMC. This allows for constructive challenge
and debate. Underlying risk assessment and monitoring
practices are undertaken by each principal risk owner with
assistance from our Risk, Internal Audit & Compliance team.
Our Board also receives management and other internal
and external reporting over risk positions and our risk
management operation (including from internal audit
plans approved by the ARMC) through our overall
governance framework.
Annual Report 202172
Principal risks are our key risks to the achievement of our
strategy. These are assessed on a risk profile identifying
likelihood of occurrence and potential severity of impact.
Current principal risk categories are identified via a
comprehensive enterprise risk management framework
encompassing financial and non-financial risks. They include
anticipating and responding to:
• Customer/market risks: customer service and experience;
revenue growth and market changes;
• Operational risks: e.g. network and IT quality, availability
and resilience; delivering effective and quality outcomes
(including with service partners); labour market risks;
• People & culture: e.g. health & safety; engagement;
capability; talent and change management;
• Regulatory risks and broader societal expectations:
e.g. working within the regulatory and legal environment,
and broader societal expectations;
• Capital management: e.g. working within appropriate
capital management settings.
Our climate change risks are reviewed as part of our
operational risks (see our Sustainability Report).
In addition to Principal Risks, the Chorus Board or ARMC
regularly receive updates on, and discuss with the Executive:
• Unforeseen risks which are 'black swan' events which
have not been otherwise identified through normal risk
processes;
• Emerging risks which are risks that are known to some
degree but are not likely to materialise or have an impact in
the near term;
• Business unit risks which are risks to the achievement of
functional area strategies.
Internal audit
We operate a co-sourced internal audit model with our Head
of Risk, Internal Audit & Compliance and her team supported
by external advisors PricewaterhouseCoopers to provide
additional resource and specialist expertise as required.
The responsibilities of our internal audit function include:
• Assisting our ARMC and Board in their assessment of
internal controls and risk management;
• Developing an internal audit plan for review and approval
by the ARMC each year;
• Executing the plan and reporting progress against it,
significant changes, results and issues identified; and
• Escalating issues as appropriate (including to our ARMC
and/or Board chairs).
Our executive team and ARMC monitor key outstanding
internal audit issues and recommendations as part of regular
reporting and review, including the timeliness of resolution.
Our ARMC has direct and unrestricted access to our internal
audit function, including meeting them without management.
Our Head of Risk, Internal Audit & Compliance has a
management reporting line to our Chief Corporate Officer
& General Counsel and a direct reporting line to our ARMC,
attending every ARMC meeting.
Our ARMC reviews the remuneration and incentive
arrangements of our Head of Risk, Internal Audit &
Compliance and our Risk & Assurance Manager each year.
Annual Report 202173
External auditor
Our Board and ARMC monitor the ongoing independence
and quality of our external auditor. Our ARMC also meets
with our external auditor without management present.
Our ARMC charter and External Auditor Independence Policy
amongst other things:
• Prohibit the provision of certain non-audit services by our
external auditor;
• Require ARMC approval of all audit and permitted
non-audit services;
• Require our client services partner and lead/engagement
partner to be rotated every five years (with a five year
cooling off period) and other audit partners to be rotated
every seven years (with a two year cooling off period);
• Require our ARMC to review our external auditor’s fees half
yearly (including the ratio of fees for audit vs. non-audit
services); and
• Impose restrictions on the employment of former external
audit personnel.
The non-audit services undertaken by our external auditor
KPMG in the year to 30 June 2021 are set out in note 10 of
the financial statements in this report. Those services were
provided in accordance with our ARMC charter and External
Auditor Independence Policy and did not affect KPMG’s
independence, including because:
• They were approved only where we were satisfied the
services would not compromise KPMG’s independence; and
• They did not involve KPMG acting in a managerial or
decision-making capacity.
KPMG confirm their independence via independence
declarations every six months.
Our external auditors attend our ASM each year.
Annual Report 202174
Codes of ethics
Directors and employees are expected to act honestly and
with high standards of personal integrity. Codes of ethics
for our directors and employees set the expected minimum
standards for professional conduct. These codes facilitate
behaviours and decisions that are consistent with our values,
business goals and legal and policy obligations, including in
respect of:
• Conflicts of interest;
• Gifts and personal benefits;
• Anti-bribery and corruption;
• Use of corporate property, opportunities and information;
• Confidentiality;
• Compliance with laws and policies; and
• Reporting unethical behaviour.
We have communicated our codes of ethics and provided
annual training to our directors and employees. Our people
are also encouraged to report any unethical behaviour,
including quarterly reporting of any potential conflicts.
This process is subject to internal audit. All reported breaches
are investigated.
Trading in Chorus securities
All trading in Chorus securities by directors and employees
must be in accordance with our Securities Trading Policy. That
policy prohibits trading in Chorus securities while in possession
of inside information and requires, amongst other things:
• Directors to notify, and obtain consent from, the chair (or
in the chair’s case, the ARMC chair) before trading; and
• Employees identified as potentially coming across market
sensitive information in the course of their employment
(“restricted persons”), to obtain consent from our Chief
Corporate Officer & General Counsel (or in our Chief
Corporate Officer & General Counsel’s case, our Board
chair) before trading.
Trading in Chorus shares or NZX listed bonds by directors is
disclosed to our Board, the NZX and ASX. Trading by “senior
managers” is disclosed to the NZX.
Market disclosures
We are committed to providing timely, factual and accurate
information to the market consistent with our legal and
regulatory obligations.
We have a Board approved Disclosure Policy and a CEO
approved Market Disclosure Policy setting out our disclosure
practices and processes in more detail.
Our disclosure policies are designed to ensure:
• Roles of directors, executives and employees are clearly
set out.
• Appropriate reporting and escalation mechanisms
are established.
• There are robust and documented confidentiality protocols
in place where appropriate.
• Only authorised spokespersons comment publicly, within
the bounds of information which is either already publicly
known or non-material.
Our approach to tax
We take our tax obligations seriously and work closely with
Inland Revenue to ensure we meet our tax obligations.
We obtain external advice and Inland Revenue’s views
(through informal correspondence, determinations or rulings)
in respect of unusual or material transactions.
As we operate only in New Zealand all our tax is paid in
New Zealand at the prevailing corporate tax rate (currently
28%). We have paid all taxes we owe and all tax compliance
obligations are up to date.
Acting ethically
Annual Report 202175
We are committed to fostering constructive relationships
with shareholders:
• Communicating effectively with them;
• Giving ready access to balanced and understandable
information;
• Making it easy for shareholders to participate in general
meetings; and
• Maintaining an up to date website providing information
about our business.
Our investor relations programme is designed to further
facilitate two-way communication with shareholders, provide
them and other market participants with an understanding
of our business, governance and performance and an
opportunity to express their views. As part of this programme
we enable investors and other interested parties to ask
questions and obtain information, meet with investors and
analysts and undertake formal investor presentations.
Our annual and half year results presentations are made
available to all investors via webcast.
Until 2020 Chorus has held annual meetings in a main
centre and webcast to enable shareholders to view and hear
proceedings online.
Due to concerns about the uncertain COVID-19 environment
and the potential health risks for our shareholders, we chose
to hold the 2020 ASM as a virtual meeting. Voting and the
asking of questions was facilitated electronically. Due to the
recent COVID-19 lockdowns, the Board has indicated that
the 2021 ASM is also likely to be a virtual meeting.
We enable shareholders to vote by proxy ahead of meetings
without having to physically attend or participate in those
meetings and adopt the one share one vote principle,
conducting voting at shareholder meetings by poll.
We consider that shareholders should be entitled to vote on
decisions which would change the essential nature of our
business.
Shareholders are also able to ask questions of, and express
their views in respect of, our Board, management and
auditors (including via appointed proxies) at and before
annual meetings.
We encourage shareholders to communicate with us and our
share registrar electronically, including by providing email
communication channels and online contact details and
instructions on our website.
Shareholder
engagement
Annual Report 202176
Remuneration
and performance
Our remuneration model
Our remuneration model is designed to enable the
achievement of our strategy, whilst ensuring that
remuneration outcomes are aligned with employee and
shareholder interests.
Remuneration is governed through the Board and assisted
by the People, Performance and Culture Committee (PPCC).
The PPCC supports the Board to fulfil their remuneration
obligations by overseeing our remuneration strategy
and policy.
Figure 16:
Our remuneration policy is designed around six guiding principles:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Fair to all – employees and shareholders, sharing
in the success of Chorus.
Supports a Performance focused culture.
Valued by our people.
Simple to understand and administrate.
Market — aligned with our competitors.
Point of difference — how we know it is Chorus.
Commitment to pay equity and alignment with our
shareholders’ expectations.
Rewards aligned with performance.
We have a diverse workforce and aim to provide
an appropriate suite of rewards that provide value,
now and in the future.
Simplicity promotes understanding,
clarity and fairness perception.
We ensure we are not over or underpaying our people through
robust market analysis that guides our decisions on remuneration.
Supports Chorus’ strategy, values, purpose and employee
value proposition.
Remuneration principles What does this mean?
There were no material changes to Chorus’ remuneration
strategy or policy in FY21.
The CEO and members of the executive leadership team
have the potential to earn a long term incentive (LTI) and
short term incentive (STI). Both STI and LTI are deemed at
risk because the outcome is determined by performance
against a combination of pre-determined financial and
non-financial objectives.
Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration (not at risk) consists of base salary and
other benefits including KiwiSaver. Fixed remuneration
is adjusted each year based on data from independent
remuneration specialists. Employees’ fixed remuneration is
based on a matrix of their own performance and their current
position when compared to the market.
Short term incentive
As with FY20, only senior employees were invited to
participate in the FY21 STI scheme. The FY21 STIs are at risk
component payments, that are set as a percentage of fixed
remuneration, from 15% to 30% based on the complexity
of the role (the CEO’s STI is a higher percentage of fixed
remuneration as set out later in this report). STI payments are
determined following a review of Company and individual
performance and paid out at a multiplier of between 0x
and 1.75x for the CEO and executive leadership team, and
between 0x and 2.8 for all other employees.
Company performance goals are set and reviewed annually
by our Board to align with shareholder value. A strong
emphasis on the customer experience continued to be a
feature for the FY21 STI measures.
Annual Report 202177
The Board has agreed the FY22 STI scheme will have the
same focus areas as the FY21 scheme, with the same
weightings. One small change is the introduction of a new
customer experience measure for fibre fault restoration.
This will replace the fibre installation measure used in FY21
and reflects our shift in focus from build to operate as the
fibre rollout comes to an end.
Fundamental to the Chorus STI structure is a gateway
goal which is based on a minimum level of EBITDA.
The philosophy of the gateway goal is to provide a preliminary
threshold of financial success and affordability, before any
other measures can be considered for potential STI payments.
If the gateway goal is not achieved, then no STI is payable.
Individual performance goals for all employees are tailored
to their role, with 70% of the goals based on what they
achieve and 30% based on how they perform their role,
which includes a health and safety component for all people
leaders. Payments are subject to the Board's discretion.
As an example of how the STI is calculated, an employee with
fixed remuneration of $100,000 and an STI element of 15%
may receive between $0 and $42,000 (0x to 2.8x their STI
percentage) depending on the level of company performance
and their individual performance.
Long term incentives
We offer long term incentives under an executive LTI share
scheme to reward and retain key executives. The LTIs are an
at risk payment designed to align the interests of executives
and shareholders and encourage longer term decision
making.
The LTI is described in more detail in Note 16 of the financial
statements on page 50.
To further align executive interests with those of shareholders,
a minimum shareholding policy was introduced in 2019.
The policy prohibits executives from selling shares received
under the new LTI, unless the executive holds the equivalent
of at least 25% of their after tax base remuneration in Chorus
shares (or 33% for the CEO).
Fibre connections
Based on total connection target of 890,000 at year end.
Customer experience
Measured by consumer scores for fibre installation (target
of 8.0 average over 12 months) and intact fibre connection
experience (target of 7.5 average over three months)
EBITDA
Year end target aligned with objective of modest
EBITDA growth.
Strategic and
transformation initiatives
Qualitative assessment by Board based on long-term
business initiatives including the transition to the new
regulatory regime and implementation of a new
operating model.
Figure 17:
FY21 STI Goals
20%20%
40%
Strategic & transformation initiatives
Fibre connections
EBITDA
Customer experience
20%
Annual Report 202178
Chief Executive employment agreement and
remuneration
JB Rousselot’s employment agreement reflects standard
conditions that are appropriate for a senior executive of a
listed New Zealand company. The employment agreement
may be terminated by:
—either he or the company giving six months' notice in
writing;
—the company without notice in the case of serious
misconduct, serious breach (including substantial
non-performance) or other cause justifying summary
dismissal; or
—the company immediately, if the Board forms the view that
substantial incompatibility and/or irreconcilable differences
have developed with him, or the Board otherwise wishes
to terminate his employment when he is not at fault
(including a redundancy situation or medical incapacity).
Our CEO continues to have a significant portion of his
remuneration linked to performance and at risk. Total
remuneration for our CEO continues to be determined using
a range of external factors, including advice from external
remunera
tion specialists and is reviewed annually by the
PPCC and Board.
CEO remuneration performance and pay
The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements of the
CEO remuneration design in the year ended 30 June 2021.
The chart does not include any income from the LTI scheme.
0
$ Thousands
FIXEDON-PLANMAXIMUM
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
100%57%
43%
43%
57%
Done
BaseAnnual variable
The CEO has received two grants under the LTI scheme
($319,829 in 2019 and $412,500 in 2020) that are yet to vest.
Those LTI grants are subject to the performance measures
outlines overleaf. The first grant (2019) is not due to vest until
August 2022.
CEO remuneration for FY20 and FY21 was:
Fixed remuneration
Pay for performanceLTITotal remuneration
J B RousselotFY211,250,000768,750—2,018,750
J B Rousselot
FY20763,699
1
661,554
2
—1,425,253
Kate McKenzieFY20588,325
3
——588,325
1 Pro-rated from start date of 20 November 2019.
2 STI for FY20 performance period, pro-rated from start date of 20 November 2019 (paid FY21).
3 Pro-rated to end date of 20 December 2019.
Other benefits paid to JB Rousselot: FY21 Company KiwiSaver Contrib JB Rousselot: $58,845; FY20 Company KiwiSaver Contrib JB Rousselot $22,672
Five year summary of CEO remuneration:
CEOTotal remuneration
% STI awarded
against maximum
% LTI awarded
against maximum
% LTI replacement
awarded against
maximum
Span of LTI performance
period
J B RousselotFY21$2,018,75082%— — —
FY20
1
$1,425,253 66%— — —
Kate McKenzieFY20
2
$588,325 — — — —
FY19 $2,068,560 53%— ——
FY18 $2,219,475 65%— ——
FY17$845,61860%
Mark RatcliffeFY18— —89%—FY15 - FY18
FY17 $1,981,987 48%100%100%FY15 - FY17
1 Pro-rated from start date of 20 November 2019
2 Pro-rated to end date of 20 December 2019
Annual Report 202179
The table below outlines the CEO’s STI, LTI and extended LTI schemes for the performance period ending 30 June 2021
1
:
DescriptionPerformance measuresPercentage achieved
STISet at 75% of base remuneration. Based
on key financial and non-financial
performance measures.
• Company performance – see FY21
STI Goals on page 77 for weightings.
• Individual performance – based
on business fundamentals (both
financial and non-financial),
connections, customer experience
and strategic initiatives.
82%
LTI - 2019Three-year grant made November
2019, equivalent to 33% of base
remuneration.
• Chorus TSR performance over grant
period must exceed 10.35% on an
annualised basis, compounding.
Assessed August 2022
with possible retesting
up to August 2023.
LTI - 2020Three-year grant made August
2020, equivalent to 33% of base
remuneration.
• Chorus TSR performance over grant
period must exceed 9.65% on an
annualised basis, compounding.
Assessed August 2023
with possible retesting
up to August 2024.
1. The STI payments for FY21 will be paid in FY22.
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance
30 June
2016
30 June
2017
30 June
2018
30 June
2019
30 June
2021
30 June
2020
Chorus
NZX50
Percentage return
-50.00
0.00
50.00
100.00
150.00
200.00
The graph above shows Chorus’ TSR performance against the NZX50 between 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2021.
Annual Report 202180
Executive shareholding
For the year ended 30 June 2021, Chorus executives held
shares in Chorus as shown in the table below.
1. The executive left Chorus during FY21.
Diversity
We provide targeted development opportunities to support
diversity in leadership and have a focus on gender diversity in
leadership roles. Our target is a 40:40:20
1
gender ratio in our
people leader community. We achieved a ratio of 64% men
and 36% women in FY21. This was below our target.
We had 4 male and 3 female directors at 30 June 2021
(30 June 2020: 5 male and 2 female directors). Our executive
(officers or senior managers) comprising our CEO and his
leadership team had 6 males and one female at 30 June 2021
(30 June 2020: 7 males and 2 females).
Based on its annual review of our progress against our
measurable diversity metrics and objectives, our Board
considers that we’re not where we need to be as an
organisation, in particular within diverse leadership.
They have asked that we place additional focus in FY22,
on areas like recruitment and selection practices and talent
mobility, to drive meaningful change.
1. 40% men, 40% women, 20% of any/either gender
Gender pay gap
Like other businesses we deferred our standard remuneration
review in FY21 due to the effects of COVID-19. We did,
however, undertake a comprehensive pay analysis focussed
on gender pay equity. We want to ensure our people are paid
fairly for their value and contribution to Chorus, irrespective
of gender. Our objective is to achieve a 0% gender career
level pay gap.
There were two parts to the gender pay review. We compared
pay for:
• people in the same or similar roles and;
• roles that were paid low in the relevant pay band, but
where the employee was high performing.
A total of 90 employees received a remuneration increase as
a result of this review (61% female and 38% male), with a total
budget of $500,000. This process also ensured compliance
with the Equal Pay Act 1972.
Median pay gap
The median pay gap represents the number of times greater
the CEO remuneration is to an employee paid at the median
of all Chorus employees. At 30 June 2021 the CEO’s base
salary at $1,250,000 (on an annualised basis ) was 11.3 times
that of the median employee at $110,000 per annum.
The CEO’s total remuneration on an annualised basis
including STI was 18.4 times the total remuneration of the
median employee including STI at $110,000.
ExecutiveCurrent
Holdings
Shares Eligible
to Vest
Andrew Carroll
85,312 20,428
David Collins--
Ed Hyde-16,137
Elaine Campbell-14,670
Ewen Powell64,344 13,570
Ian Bonnar
1
35,5019,719
JB Rousselot--
Shaun Philp14,464 12,469
Vanessa Oakley
1
80,45814,487
Tot al280,079101,480
Figure 14:
Gender by role three year review
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
0
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2021
64
36
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2020
60
40
PEOPLE
LEADERS
2019
62
38
DIRECTORS
2020
62
38
DIRECTORS
2019
62
38
DIRECTORS
2021
57
43
EXECUTIVE
2020
78
22
EXECUTIVE
2019
55
45
EXECUTIVE
2021
86
14
ALL
CHORUS
2019
60
40
ALL
CHORUS
2021
59
41
ALL
CHORUS
2020
59
41
Annual Report 202181
Employee remuneration range for the
year ended 30 June 2021
The table to the right shows the number of employees and
former employees who received remuneration and other
benefits in excess of $100,000 during the year ended
30 June 2021. This includes STI and LTI paid during FY21,
as well as other benefits such as insurance and a
broadband concession.
During the year, certain employees received contributions
towards membership of the Marram Trust (a community
healthcare and holiday accommodation provider), received
contributions toward their Government Superannuation Fund
(a legacy benefit provided to a small number of employees)
and, if a member, received contributions of 3% of gross
earnings towards their KiwiSaver accounts. These amounts
are not included in these remuneration figures. Any benefits
received by employees that do not have an attributable value
are also excluded.
The remuneration paid to, and other benefits received by,
JB Rousselot in his capacity as CEO are detailed on pages
78 to 79 and are excluded from the table to the right.
The current Living Wage is $22.10 per hour. Chorus does not
have any permanent employee earning less than the current
living wage.
Two things have contributed to the reduction in the number
of people in the $100,000 table:
• Fewer layer 1-4 positions where $100,000+ salaries are
more likely (231 in FY20 vs 184 in FY21)
• Reduction in headcount overall from 870 in FY20 to 817
in FY21
Managing Performance
Our performance management approach is based on fostering
and rewarding valuable business outcomes.
Our people have performance and development plans which
are regularly reviewed with their people leaders. Performance
plans are developed to connect our people with our strategy,
their functional plans and the connection with their individual
roles. Performance plans include outcome based objectives,
behavioural measures aligned with our values and an individual
development plan.
Formal performance reviews were undertaken for all our
people during the year. As part of this, people leaders sought
feedback and participated in peer review and moderation
sessions, resulting in an overall performance rating and
remuneration recommendations determining an individual’s
total pay (fixed remuneration and variable).
A similar process is undertaken each year for our executive
team, with our CEO making recommendations to our PPCC
for executive team members, and our PPCC leading the
performance review of our CEO, making recommendations to
our Board. These processes are consistent with those set out
in our PPCC charter and allow our Board to provide input into
individual performance outcomes, total reward approvals (fixed
and variable) and development plans. These processes were all
undertaken in the year ended 30 June 2021.
Remuneration range $ (Gross)
Number of employees in the year
ended 30 June 2021
Actual PaymentREM and other benefits
760,001 to 770,0001
730,001 to 740,0001
680,001 to 690,0001
620,001 to 630,0001
560,001 to 570,0002
510,001 to 520,0002
420,001 to 430,0001
390,001 to 400,0002
370,001 to 380,0001
360,001 to 370,0001
340,001 to 350,0002
320,001 to 330,0002
310,001 to 320,0003
300,001 to 310,0003
280,001 to 290,0005
270,001 to 280,0004
260,001 to 270,0004
250,001 to 260,0007
240,001 to 250,0007
230,001 to 240,0007
220,001 to 230,0007
210,001 to 220,00010
200,001 to 210,00021
190,001 to 200,00017
180,001 to 190,00017
170,001 to 180,00017
160,001 to 170,00020
150,001 to 160,00030
140,001 to 150,00048
130,001 to 140,00051
120,001 to 130,00053
110,001 to 120,00065
100,000 to 110,00068
G ran d Tot al481
Annual Report 202182
Director remuneration
Fee structure
Total remuneration available to directors (in their capacity as such) in the year ended 30 June 2021 was fixed at our
2019 annual shareholders’ meeting at $1,169,042.
Annual fee structureYear ended 30 June 2021 $ Year ended 30 June 2020 $
Board fees:
Board chair223,650223,650
Deputy chair–167,750
Non-executive director114,000114,000
Board committee fees:
Audit and Risk Management Committee
Chair32,60032,600
Member16,30016,300
People, Performance and Culture Committee
Chair22,90022,900
Member11,75011,750
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee
Chair
––
Member8,8808,880
Notes:
1 The Board chair receives Board chair fees only. Other directors receive committee fees in addition to their Board fees. A fee of $16,720 is available
for the chair of the NCGC as part of the fee structure, but is not currently payable as the Board chair is also NCGC chair.
2 The deputy chair role was disestablished once Jon Hartley retired as a director effective 31 August 2020.
3
D
irectors do not participate in a bonus or profit-sharing plan, do not receive compensation in share options, and do not have superannuation or any
other scheme entitlements or retirement benefits.
4
D
irectors may be paid an additional daily rate of $2,400 for additional work as determined and approved by our chair and where the payment is
within the total fee pool available. There were no such fees paid in the year to 30 June 2021. There was also no increase in director and committee
base fees in the year to 30 June 2021.
Fees paid to Directors (in their capacity as such) in the year ended 30 June 2021
DirectorTotal fees
1
$ Board feesARMCPPCCNCGC
Patrick Strange
223,650223,650–
Jon Hartley27,9 5 827,9 5 8
2
––
Mark Cross153,260114,00032,6006,660
Prue Flacks134,630114,00011,7508,880
Murray Jordan136,900114,00022,900
Jack Matthews130,300114,00016,300
Sue Bailey125,750114,00011,750
Kate Jorgensen130,300114,00016,300
Tot al1 ,062 ,748
Notes:
1 Amounts are gross and exclude GST (where applicable).
2 Jon Hartley retired as a director effective 31 August 2020.
3 Directors did not receive any fees or other benefits for additional work during the year ended 30 June 2021.
4 Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for travel and incidental expenses incurred in performance of their duties in addition to the above fees.
5 The total fee pool available to directors is $1,169,042.
Fee structure from 1 July 2021
Our PPCC reviews non-executive director remuneration annually based on criteria developed by that committee. Based on
that committee’s recommendation the Board has determined not to change Board fees for the year from 1 July 2021. There
may be additional ad-hoc fees payable as a result of the Regulatory Sub-Committee established post balance date to oversee
our regulatory strategy. The Board authorised fees of $2,400 per member, per day for work and attendance at meetings.
All Board directors are members of the Regulatory Sub-Committee. The chair of the Board will be the chair of the new
Regulatory Sub-Committee, but receives Board chair fees only.
Annual Report 202183
Disclosures
Group structure
Chorus Limited has two wholly owned subsidiaries:
Chorus New Zealand Limited (CNZL) and Chorus LTI Trustee
Limite d (CLT L ).
Chorus Limited
Chorus New Zealand LimitedChorus LTI Trustee Limited
Chorus Limited is the entity listed on the NZX and ASX
1
. It is
also the borrowing entity under the group’s main financing
arrangements and the entity which has partnered with the
Crown for the UFB build.
CNZL undertakes (and is the contracting entity for) Chorus’
operating activities and is the guarantor of Chorus Limited’s
borrowing. CNZL also employs all Chorus people. CNZL has
its own constitution but its Board is the same as the Chorus
Limited Board.
CLTL was incorporated in December 2014 as trustee for our
long term incentive plan.
Disclosures in respect of CNZL and CLTL are set out in the
“Subsidiaries” section on page 91.
Indemnities and insurance
Chorus indemnifies directors under our constitution for
liabilities and costs they may incur for their acts or omissions
as directors (including costs and expenses of defending
actions for actual or alleged liability) to the maximum
extent permitted by law. We have also entered into deeds of
indemnity with each director under which:
•
Chorus indemnifies the director for liabilities incurred in
their capacity as a director and as officers of other Chorus
companies.
•Directors are permitted to access company records while
directors and after they cease to hold office (subject to
certain conditions).
Deeds of indemnity have also been entered into on similar
terms with certain senior employees for liabilities and costs
they may incur for their acts or omissions as employees,
directors of subsidiaries or as directors of non-Chorus
companies in which Chorus holds interests.
We have a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in
place covering directors and senior employees for liability
arising from their acts or omissions in their capacity as
directors or employees on commercial terms. The policy
does not cover dishonest, fraudulent, malicious or wilful acts
or omissions.
Director change
Jon Hartley resigned as director effective 31 August 2020.
Kate Jorgensen's appointment as a director, effective 1 July
2020, was confirmed at the 2020 ASM on 6 November 2020.
Notes:
1 Chorus Limited is no longer listed on Luxembourg stock exchange following repayments of our GBP 260 million bonds in April, 2020
Annual Report 202184
Director interests and trading
As at 30 June 2021, directors had a relevant interest (as defined in the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013)
in approximately 0.063% of shares as follows:
Current Directors
Interest as at 30 June 2021Transactions during the reporting period
DirectorSharesInterestNumber
of shares
Nature of transactionConsiderationDate
Patrick Strange51,000Beneficial owner as
beneficiary of Three Kings
Trust
10,000On market acquisition$79,400.0015 December 2020
Mark Cross29,034Beneficial owner as
beneficiary of Alpha
Investment Trust; power to
exercise voting rights and
acquire/dispose of financial
products as director of
trustee.
418Acquisition of shares on
reinvestment of dividends
under Chorus’ dividend
reinvestment plan
$3,731.6512 October 2020
Prue Flacks43,344Registered holder and
beneficial owner
18,900On market acquisition$124,172.857 April 2021
352Acquisition of shares on
reinvestment of dividends
under Chorus’ dividend
reinvestment plan
$3,142.4412 October 2020
4,650On market acquisition$39,278.853 September 2020
Murray Jordan1 1 7, 2 3 5Registered holder and
beneficial owner of ordinary
shares as trustee and
beneficiary of Endeavour
Trust
1,686Acquisition of shares on
reinvestment of dividends
under Chorus’ Dividend
Reinvestment Plan
$15,051.6012 October 2020
Jack Matthews10,295Registered holder and
beneficial owner
148Acquisition of shares on
reinvestment of dividends
under Chorus’ Dividend
Reinvestment Plan
$1,321.2612 October 2020
Sue Bailey25,000Registered holder and
beneficial owner
5,000On market acquisition$34,697.6331 March 2021
5,000On market acquisition$38,532.0023 February 2021
798On market acquisition$6,239.0111 December 2020
4,202On market acquisition$32,856.0614 December 2020
5,000On market acquisition$44,567.009 November 2020
Kate Jorgensen6,237Registered holder and
beneficial owner
4,455On market acquisition$29,000.0012 April 2021
1,782On market acquisition$14,610.361 December 2020
Annual Report 202185
As at 30 June 2021, directors had a relevant interest (as defined in the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013)
in approximately 0.091% of Chorus’ NZX bonds maturing December 2028 as follows:
Interest as at 30 June 2021Transactions during the reporting period
DirectorBondsInterestNumber
of bonds
Nature of transactionConsiderationDate
Patrick Strange340,000Beneficial owner
as beneficiary of
Three Kings Trust
––––
Prue Flacks15,000Registered holder
as trustee of CJH
Bull Family Trust
––––
Murray Jordan100,000Registered holder and
beneficial owner as
trustee and beneficiary
of Endeavour Trust
––––
Changes in Director interests
Patrick StrangeNone
Jon HartleyNone
1
Mark CrossBecame a director of MPE GP Limited
2
. Became director of Cross Family Trustees Limited
3
. Retired as director of
MFL Mutual Fund Limited and Superannuation Investments Limited.
4
Prue FlacksRetired as director of Bank of New Zealand
5
.
Murray JordanBecame a director of Asia Pacific Village Holdings
6
, Asia Pacific Village Group
7
, Metlifecare Limited
8,
Modern
Merchants Limited
9
, Strategic Interchange Limited
10
,
Tetrad Corporation Limited.
11
Jack MatthewsBecame a director of Mediaworks Outdoor Limited.
12
Became a director of MW NZ Bureau Limited.
13
Became a director of New Zealand Golf Network Limited.
14
Ceased as a director of Bravo TV New Zealand Limited.
15
Sue BaileyBecame a director and member of CareFlight.
16
Notes:
1 Jon Hartley ceased to be a director as at 31 August 2020.
2 From 17 June 2021.
3 From 2 September 2019.
4 From 31 March 2021.
5 From 9 October 2020.
6 From 3 November 2020.
7 From 3 November 2020.
8 From 3 November 2020.
9 From 11 January 2019.
10 From 11 January 2019.
11 From 11 January 2019.
12 From 1 January 2021.
13 From 1 January 2021.
14 From 1 July 2020.
15 From 30 September 2020.
16 From 2 September 2020.
Annual Report 202186
Director restrictions
No person who is an ‘associated person’ of a
telecommunications services provider in New Zealand
may be appointed or hold office as a director. NZX has
granted a waiver to allow this restriction to be included
in our constitution.
Securities and security holders
Ordinary shares
Chorus Limited’s shares are quoted on the NZX and on
the ASX and trade under the ‘CNU’ ticker. There were
447,024,884 ordinary shares on issue at 30 June 2021.
Each share confers on its holder the right to attend and vote
at a shareholder meeting (including the right to cast one vote
on a poll on any resolution).
Constitutional ownership restrictions
As part of the establishment of Chorus we inherited an
obligation to obtain Crown approval prior to any person:
• Having a relevant interest in 10% or more of our shares; or
• Other than a New Zealand national, having a relevant
interest in more than 49.9% of our shares.
On each request the Crown has provided approval, currently:
• L1 Capital Pty Ltd can hold a relevant interest in up to
15% of our shares.
• AMP Capital Holdings Limited can hold a relevant interest
in up to 15% of our shares.
If our Board or the Crown determines there are reasonable
grounds for believing a person has a relevant interest in our
shares in excess of the ownership restrictions, our Board
may, after following certain procedures, prohibit the exercise
of voting rights (in which case the voting rights vest in our
chair) and may force the sale of shares. Our Board may also
decline to register a transfer of shares if it reasonably believes
the transfer would breach the ownership restrictions.
NZX has granted waivers allowing our constitution to include
the power of forfeiture, the restrictions on transferability
of shares and our Board’s power to prohibit the exercise of
voting rights relating to these ownership restrictions. ASX
has also granted a waiver in respect of the refusal to register
a transfer of shares which is or may be in breach of the
ownership restrictions.
Takeovers protocol
We have established a takeovers protocol setting out
the procedure to be followed if there is a takeover offer,
including managing communications between insiders
and the bidder and engagement of an independent
adviser. The protocol includes the option of establishing
an independent takeover committee, and the likely
composition and implementation of that committee.
Shareholder distribution as at 30 June 2021
HoldingNumber of holders% of holdersTotal number of
shares held
% of shares issued
1 to 999
11,09552.01%4,564,3241.02%
1,000 to 4,9996,82732.01%15,987,1253.58%
5,000 to 9,9991,8988.9%12,593,1302.82%
10,000 to 99,9991,4326.71%29,430,9646.58%
100,000 and over790.37%384,449,34186%
Tot al21,331100%4 47, 024 , 8 8 4100%
Substantial holders
We have received substantial product holder notices from shareholders as follows:
Notices received as at 30 June 2021
1
Number of
ordinary shares held
% of shares on issue
L1 Capital Pty Ltd37,513,8828.39%
The Vanguard Group, Inc.33,540,5647. 5 0%
UniSuper Limited28,785,8746.48%
BNP Paribas SA26,604,6865.95%
Commonwealth Bank of Australia22,589,6295.05%
1. Notices received as at 30 June 2021.
Annual Report 202187
Twenty largest shareholders as at 30 June 2021
RankHolder nameHolding%
1HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited43,148,0179.65
2BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>35,674,9137.9 8
3JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited32,229,3417. 2 1
4Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited – NZCSD <CNOM90>*32,131,8747. 1 9
5HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited – NZCSD <HKBN90>*28,495,7276.37
6Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited27,452,0066.14
7Accident Compensation Corporation – NZCSD <ACCI40>*20,522,3054.59
8HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited A/C State Street – NZCSD <HKBN45>*16,473,5933.69
9JPMorgan Chase Bank NA NZ Branch-Segregated Clients Acct – NZCSD <CHAM24>*13,350,5092.99
10National Nominees Limited13,206,0272.95
11Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <1-Custody>10,771,6792.41
12HSBC Nominees A/C NZ Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited – NZCSD <SUPR40>*8,216,5151.84
13BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited – NZCSD <BPSS40>*7,975,4611.78
14National Nominees Limited <N A/C>7,541,2871.69
15New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited <A/C 1 Cash Account>7, 3 70 , 1 7 21.65
16JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <NZ Resident A/C>7,288,0351.63
17ANZ Wholesale Australasian Share Fund – NZCSD <PNAS90>*6,596,9551.48
18BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited – NZCSD <COGN40>*5,630,8121.26
19Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited <Resident Cash Account>4,143,0160.93
20National Nominees Limited – NZCSD <NNLZ90>*3,953,5500.88
* Held through New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD). NZCSD provides a custodial service that allows electronic trading of
securities by its members. As at 30 June 2021, 158,688,332 Chorus ordinary shares (or 35.5% of the ordinary shares on issue) were held through NZCSD.
American depositary receipts
American Depositary Shares, each representing five shares and evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, are not listed
but are traded on the over-the-counter market in the United States under the ticker ‘CHRYY’ with Bank of New York Mellon as
depositary bank. As at 30 June 2021 Chorus had 1.1 million ADRs on issue.
Annual Report 202188
Twenty largest bondholders (December 2027) as at 30 June 2021
RankHolder nameHolding%
1BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited – NZCSD <BPSS40>*26,801,00013.40
2Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <1-Custody>25,954,00012.98
3FNZ Custodians Limited21,758,00010.88
4Custodial Services Limited <A/C 4>13,744,0006.87
5National Nominees Limited – NZCSD <NNLZ90>*12,836,0006.42
6HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited – NZCSD <HKBN90>*8,750,0004.38
7Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited – NZCSD <CNOM90>*8,285,0004.14
8ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited – NZCSD <NBNZ40>*8,131,0004.07
9Pin Twenty Limited <Kintyre A/C>7,000,0003.50
10Custodial Services Limited <A/C 3>6,195,0003.10
11Custodial Services Limited <A/C 2>6,086,0003.04
12Westpac Banking Corporate NZ Financial Markets Group – NZCSD <WPAC40>*6,000,0003.00
13Custodial Services Limited <A/C 1>5,317,0002.66
14Mint Nominees Limited – NZCSD <NZP440>*4,300,0002.15
15Commonwealth Bank Of Australia – NZCSD <CBAANZ>*3,877,0001.94
16Custodial Services Limited <A/C 18>3,536,0001.77
17Risk Reinsurance Limited2,865,0001.43
18Tea Custodians Limited Client Property Trust Account – NZCSD <T E AC4 0 >*2,250,0001.13
19JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <NZ Resident A/C>2,140,0001.07
20=Neurological Foundation Of New Zealand Incorporated2,000,0001.00
20=NZPT Custodians (Grosvenor) Limited – NZCSD <NZPG40>*2,000,0001.00
Twenty largest bondholders (December 2028) as at 30 June 2021
RankHolder nameHolding%
1Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <1-Custody>68,935,00013.79
2JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <NZ Resident A/C>41,974,0008.39
3ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited – NZCSD <PBNK90>*41,903,0008.38
4Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited <Resident Cash Account>38,046,0007.61
5Custodial Services Limited <A/C 4>30,818,0006.16
6HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited O/A Euroclear Bank – NZCSD <HKBN95>*30,000,0006.00
7FNZ Custodians Limited25,433,0005.09
8Custodial Services Limited <A/C 2>17,332,0003.47
9Custodial Services Limited <A/C 3>17,102,0003.42
10JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <Res Inst A/C>17,100,0003.42
11BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited – NZCSD <COGN40>*15,819,0003.16
12Custodial Services Limited <A/C 1>9,464,0001.89
13Custodial Services Limited <A/C 18>7,951,0001.59
14Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <Account 1 E>6,791,0001.36
15ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund – NZCSD*6,089,0001.22
16Generate Kiwisaver Public Trust Nominees Limited <NZCSD> <NZPT44>*5,750,0001.15
17Tea Custodians Limited Client Property Trust Account – NZCSD <T E AC4 0 >*4,844,0000.97
18JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <44625 A/C>4,600,0000.92
19HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited A/C State Street – NZCSD <HKBN45>*4,250,0000.85
20Investment Custodial Services Limited <A/C C>4,230,0000.85
* Held through New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD).
Annual Report 202189
Twenty largest bondholders (December 2030) as at 30 June 2021
RankHolder nameHolding%
1Accident Compensation Corporation – NZCSD <ACCI40>*108,000,00054.00
2ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited – NZCSD <PBNK90>*22,670,00011.34
3Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited – NZCSD <CNOM90>*10,000,0005.00
4ANZ Fixed Interest Fund – NZCSD <PNLI90>*6,761,0003.38
5BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited – NZCSD <COGN40>*5,630,0002.82
6HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited O/A Euroclear Bank – NZCSD <HKBN95>*5,000,0002.50
6Queen Street Nominees ACF Pie Funds – NZCSD*5,000,0002.50
8Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <1-Custody>4,766,0002.38
9HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited – NZCSD <HKBN90>*4,690,0002.35
10FNZ Custodians Limited3,810,0001.91
11Custodial Services Limited <A/C 4>3,296,0001.65
12Westpac Banking Corporate NZ Financial Markets Group – NZCSD <WPAC40>*2,132,0001.07
13Custodial Services Limited <A/C 2>1,970,0000.99
14Custodial Services Limited <A/C 3>1,536,0000.77
15Custodial Services Limited <A/C 1>1,475,0000.74
16Custodial Services Limited <A/C 18>1,245,0000.62
17Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <Account 1 E>1,188,0000.59
18Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited <Resident Cash Account>1,055,0000.53
19Investment Custodial Services Limited <A/C C>910,0000.46
20Commonwealth Bank Of Australia – NZCSD <CBAANZ>*864,0000.43
* Held through New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD).
Debt listings
Chorus Limited has the following bonds on issue:
• $200 million bonds traded on the NZX debt market
(the NZDX) maturing December 2027;
• $500 million bonds traded on the NZX debt market
maturing December 2028
• $200 million bonds traded on the NZX debt market
maturing December 2030;
• EUR 500 million EMTNs traded on the ASX maturing
October 2023; and
• EUR 300 million EMTNs traded on the ASX, maturing
December 2026.
Annual Report 202190
NZX bondholder distribution as at 30 June 2021
December 2027 maturity
HoldingNumber of holders% of holdersTotal number of bonds held% of bonds issued
5,000 to 9,999146.8%89,0000.04%
10,000 to 99,9991406 7.9 6%3,916,0001.96%
100,000 and over5225.24%195,995,00098%
Tot al206100%200,000,000100%
December 2028 maturity
HoldingNumber of holders% of holdersTotal number of bonds held% of bonds issued
5,000 to 9,999825.96%492,0000.1%
10,000 to 99,9991,12781.84%34,055,0006.81%
100,000 and over16812.2%465,453,00093.09%
Tot al1,377100%500,000,000100%
December 2030 maturity
HoldingNumber of holders% of holdersTotal number of bonds held% of bonds issued
5,000 to 9,999229.57%145,0000.07%
10,000 to 99,99918480%4,740,0002.37%
100,000 and over2410.43%195,115,00097. 5 6%
Tot al230100%200,000,000100%
Unquoted securities
Crown Infrastructure Partners (CIP) Securities
The terms of issue for the CIP1 and CIP2 securities are set out in the subscription agreements between Chorus Limited and CIP.
These terms are summarised in note 6 of our Financial Statements and on our website at www.chorus.co.nz/reports.
SecurityNumber issued in the
year ended 30 June 2021
Total on issue at
30 June 2021
HolderPercentage held
CIP1 equity securities–462,052,071CIP100%
CIP1 debt securities–462,052,071CIP100%
CIP1 equity warrants461,85014,678,063CIP100%
CIP2 equity securities122,132,406264,763,451CIP100%
Annual Report 202191
Other disclosures
New NZX listing rules
NZX updated its listing rules from 1 January 2020.
NZX waivers
On 28 March 2019 Chorus applied for the continuation of
existing and still required waivers and rulings. On 3 April 2020 a
waiver from NZX listing rule 2.3.2, 4.1.1, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.14, 6.6.1,
8.1.5 and a ruling from NZX on listing rule 4.9.1 were granted.
A summary of all waivers relied on by Chorus in the
12 months ending 30 June 2021 is available on our website at
www.chorus.co.nz/investor-info.
Non-standard designation
NZX has attached a ‘non-standard’ designation to Chorus
Limited because of the ownership restrictions in our
constitution (described above).
ASX disclosures
Chorus Limited and its subsidiaries are incorporated in
New Zealand.
Chorus Limited is not subject to Chapters 6, 6A, 6B and 6C
of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 dealing with the
acquisition of shares (including substantial shareholdings
and takeovers).
Our constitution contains limitations on the acquisition
of securities, as described above.
For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3 Chorus Limited
continues to comply with the NZX listing rules.
Registration as a foreign company
Chorus Limited has registered with the Australian Securities
and Investments Commission as a foreign company and has
been issued an Australian Registered Body Number (ARBN)
of 152 485 848.
Net tangible assets per security
As at 30 June 2021, consolidated net tangible assets per
share was $1.45 (30 June 2020: $1.39).
Net tangible assets per share is a non-GAAP financial
measure and is not prepared in accordance with NZ IFRS.
Revenue from ordinary activities and net profit
In the year ended 30 June 2021:
• Revenue from ordinary activities decreased 1.2% to
$947 million (30 June 2020: $959 million); and
• Profit from ordinary activities after tax, and net profit,
attributable to shareholders decreased 9.6% to $47 million
(30 June 2020: $52 million)
Subsidiaries
Chorus New Zealand Limited (CNZL)
Directors as at 30 June 2021: Patrick Strange, Mark Cross,
Prue Flacks, Murray Jordan, Jack Matthews, Sue Bailey,
Kate Jorgensen.
Jon Hartley resigned as a director from CNZL during the year
to 30 June 2021.
Current CNZL directors are also Chorus Limited directors
and do not receive any remuneration in their capacity as
CNZL directors.
Chorus LTI Trustee Limited (CLTL)
Directors as at 30 June 2021: Prue Flacks, Murray Jordan
and Sue Bailey.
Current and former directors of CLTL did not receive any
remuneration in their capacity as directors of CLTL.
Other subsidiaries
Chorus Limited has no other subsidiaries.
Annual Report 202192
Glossary
Backbone networkFibre cabling and other shared network
elements required either in the common
areas of multi-dwelling units to connect
individual apartments/offices, or to serve
premises located along rights of way.
BackhaulThe portion of the network that links
local exchanges to other exchanges
or retail service provider networks.
BasebandA technology neutral voice input
service that can be bundled with
a broadband product or provided
on a standalone basis.
BoardChorus Limited’s Board of Directors.
Building block
model
A methodology used for regulating
monopoly utilities. Under BBM a
regulated supplier’s allowed revenue
is equal to the sum of the underlying
components or ‘building blocks’,
consisting of the return on capital,
depreciation, operating expenditure and
various other components such as tax.
ChorusChorus Limited and subsidiaries.
CIPCrown Infrastructure Partners,
the Government organisation that
manages New Zealand’s rollout of
Ultra-Fast Broadband infrastructure.
CommissionCommerce Commission –
the independent Crown Entity
whose responsibilities include
overseeing the regulation of the
telecommunications sector.
ConstitutionChorus Limited’s Constitution.
Direct fibre accessAlso known as ‘dark’ fibre, a fibre service
that provides a point to point fibre
connection and can be used to deliver
backhaul connections to mobile sites.
DirectorA director of Chorus Limited.
EBITDAEarnings before interest, income tax,
depreciation and amortisation.
EMTNEuropean Medium Term Notes.
FYFinancial year – twelve months
ended 30 June. e.g. FY21 is from
1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021.
GbpsGigabits per second. A measure of
the average rate of data transfer.
GigabitThe equivalent of 1 billion bits. Gigabit
Ethernet provides data transfer rates
of about 1 gigabit per second.
GPONGigabit Passive Optical Network.
ITInformation Technology.
Layer 2The data link layer, including broadband
electronics, within the Open Systems
Interconnection model. Layer 1 is the
physical cables and co-location space.
MbpsMegabits per second – a measure of
the average rate of data transfer.
NZ IFRSInternational Financial Reporting
Standards – the rules that the financial
statements have to be prepared by.
P2PWhere two parties or devices are
connected point-to-point via fibre.
RABRegulatory Asset Base refers to
the value of total investment by a
regulated utility in the assets which
will generate revenues over time.
RBIRural Broadband Initiative – refers to
the Government programme to improve
and enhance broadband coverage in
rural areas between 2011 and 2016.
ShareMeans an ordinary share in Chorus.
TSOTelecommunications Services
Obligation – a universal service
obligation under which Chorus
must maintain certain coverage and
service on the copper network.
TSRTotal shareholder return.
UFBUltra-Fast Broadband refers to the
Government programme to build a fibre
to the premises network to about 85%
of New Zealanders. UFB1 refers to the
original phase of the rollout to 75% of
New Zealanders. UFB2 and UFB2+ were
subsequent phases announced in 2017.
VDSLVery High Speed Digital Subscriber
Line – a copper-based technology
that provides a better broadband
connection than ADSL.
Annual Report 202193
Disclaimer
This annual report:
• May contain forward looking statements. These statements
are not guarantees or predictions of future performance.
They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors, many of which are beyond Chorus’ control,
and which may cause actual results to differ materially
from those expressed in the statements contained in this
annual report.
• Includes statements relating to past performance.
These should not be regarded as reliable indicators of
future performance.
• Is current at its release date. Except as required by law or
the NZX and ASX listing rules, Chorus is not under any
obligation to update this annual report or the information
in it at any time, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise.
• Contains non-GAAP financial measures, including EBITDA.
These measures may differ from similarly titled measures
used by other companies because they are not defined by
GAAP. Although Chorus considers those measures provide
useful information they should not be used in substitution
for, or isolation of, Chorus’ audited financial statements.
• May contain information from third parties Chorus
believes reliable. However, no representations or
warranties are made as to the accuracy or completeness
of such information.
• Should be read in the wider context of material previously
published by Chorus and released through the NZX and ASX.
• Does not constitute investment advice or an offer or
invitation to purchase Chorus securities.
chorus.co.nz
Directory
Registrars
NEW ZEALAND
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Private Bag 92119, Victoria Street West
Auckland 1142, New Zealand
P: +64 9 488 8777 F: +64 9 488 8787
E: enquiry@computershare.co.nz
investorcentre.com/nz
AUSTRALIA
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
GPO Box 3329, Melbourne 3001, Australia
FP: 1 800 501 366 F: +61 3 9473 2500
E: enquiry@computershare.co.nz
investorcentre.com/nz
Registered Offices
NEW ZEALAND
Level 10, 1 Willis Street
Wellington, New Zealand
P: +64 800 600 100
AUSTRALIA
C/– Allens Corporate Services Pty Limited
Level 28, Deutsche Bank Place, 126 Phillip Street,
Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
P: +61 2 9230 4000
ADR Depository
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
PO Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233-5000
United States of America
P: US domestic calls (toll free) 1 888 269 2377
P: International calls +1 201 680 6825
E: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com
https://www-us.computershare.com/investorARBN 152 485 848
---
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
Disclaimer
This presentation:
• Is provided for general information purposes and does not constitute investment advice or an offer of or invitation to purchase Chorus
securities.
• Includes forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance. They involve known
and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond Chorus’ control, and which may cause actual resultsto
differ materially from those contained in this presentation.
• Includes statements relating to past performance which should not be regarded as reliable indicators of future performance.
• Is current at the date of this presentation, unless otherwise stated. Except as required by law or the NZX Main Board and ASX listing
rules, Chorus is not under any obligation to update this presentation, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
• Should be read in conjunction with Chorus’ audited consolidated financial statements for the year to 30 June 2021 and NZX and ASX
market releases.
• Includes non-GAAP financial measures such as "EBITDA”. These measures do not have a standardised meaning prescribed by GAAP and
therefore may not be comparable to similar financial information presented by other entities. They should not be used in substitution for,
or isolation of, Chorus' audited consolidated financial statements. We monitor EBITDA as a key performance indicator and we believe it
assists investors in assessing the performance of the core operations of our business.
• Has been prepared with due care and attention. However, Chorus and its directors and employees accept no liability for any errors or
omissions.
• Contains information from third parties Chorus believes reliable. However, no representations or warranties (express or implied) are
made as to the accuracy or completeness of such information.
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
2
Agenda
>FY21 overview and UFB rollout4-7
>Market trends 8-12
>Financial results13-17
>Capex18-20
>Debt, capital management, FY21 dividend21-23
>Regulation and FY22 guidance24-27
>FY22: A broadband crossroads28-29
>FY22 Strategic focus30-39
Appendices
▪A: Connection and market trends40-41
▪B: Capital allocation framework, sustaining capital, Crown financing42-44
23 August 2021
JB Rousselot, CEO
David Collins, CFO
JB Rousselot, CEO
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
3
23 August 2021
FY21 overview
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
4
23 August 2021
Focus on customer experience is delivering results
>Fibre installation: customer satisfaction lifted
from 8.1 (FY20 three month average) to 8.2(12-
month average)
▪working closely with retailers on processes and
communication
▪greater proportion of installations through
managed migration programme
▪work in progress reduced from 16k to 13k
>Fibre intact activation: customer satisfaction
lifted from 7.3 to 7.5 (three month average)
▪1 million fibre sockets (ONTs) now installed
▪~50% of fibre orders are from intact
addresses
▪range of initiatives implemented
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
5
7.7
8.1
8.2
7.3
7.5
7
7.2
7.4
7.6
7.8
8
8.2
8.4
FY19FY20FY21
Customer satisfaction
InstallationIntact activation
UFB uptake reaches 65%; rollout 95% complete
Uptake
23 August 2021
69
42
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
FY12FY13FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
Chorus fibreuptake by programme
UFB1UFB2UFB1 contractual uptake target (by 2020)
% uptake
(available
addresses)
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
6
0
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23
UFB rollout
(premises passed)
Ready to connectTo be completed
▪837,000 connections (includes business premium) out of
1,282,000customers able to connect in UFB footprint
UFB2 ahead of schedule
▪53,000 premises remaining to pass by Dec 2022
0.00%
10.00%
20.00%
30.00%
40.00%
50.00%
60.00%
70.00%
80.00%
Jun-20Sep-20Dec-20Mar-21Jun-21
% uptake
relative to
capable
addresses
UFB1 uptake: 69%
23 August 2021
Average uptake
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
7
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
8
The data demand tide keeps rising
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Oct-15
Dec-15
Feb-16
Apr-16
Jun-16
Aug-16
Oct-16
Dec-16
Feb-17
Apr-17
Jun-17
Aug-17
Oct-17
Dec-17
Feb-18
Apr-18
Jun-18
Aug-18
Oct-18
Dec-18
Feb-19
Apr-19
Jun-19
Aug-19
Oct-19
Dec-19
Feb-20
Apr-20
Jun-20
Aug-20
Oct-20
Dec-20
Feb-21
Apr-21
Jun-21
DownstreamUpstream
COVID-19
lockdowns
Note: upstream traffic only shown from June 2020 onwards following COVID-19 effects on daytime usage trends
Average monthly usage per connection on our fibre network
Gigabytes
per month
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
9
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
FY19FY20FY21
Managed migration: installations vs activations
Service activation: from copper
Service activation: from offnet
Fibre installations
▪60k installations via Chorus door
knocking and targeted activity in FY21
▪13k offnet activations of pre-installed
ONTs
▪~56% activation rate within 12 months
Managed migration boosts uptake
~30k connections activated in FY21
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
FY19FY20FY21
New property ordersCompleted
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
10
Strong new property pipeline continues
32k properties in progress (FY21:25k)
44,299 new
homes
consented in
year ended
June 2021,
an all time
high –Stats
NZ
19,036
dwelling
consents
issued in
Auckland –
up 29%
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
11
1 Gigabit plans almost 20% of mass market
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
June 2020June 2021
Business
1Gbps200-300Mbps100Mbps<100MbpsVoice
0
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
800,000
June 2020June 2021
Residential
1Gbps200Mbps100Mbps50MbpsVoice
No change
$56
$47.87
$44.22
$56
$47.15
$43.56
$56.38
CPI –1 Oct
$65+
$56.38+
$51.25+
CPI to
apply
across
most plans
from 1 Oct
Note: business plan pricing shown is indicative entry level option for each speed tier
$51.20+
Connection changes by Zone (indicative)
Chorus UFB
zone*
Non-UFB
zone
Local Fibre
Company
UFB zone
Total connections at
30 June**
1,069,000185,00073,000
Broadband connections985,000150,00045,000
Copper (no broadband)
connections
84,00035,00028,000
* Includes planned Chorus UFB1, 2 and 2+ coverage
**Excludes 13k fibre premium and data services (copper) connections
5
6
-4
-2
8
-1
-2
-2
-5
-6
-6
-9
-4
-10
-8
-7
-8
-5
-2
-1
-1
-1
-1
-2
-2
-3
-2
-2
-15-5515
Q4 FY21
Q3 FY21
Q2 FY21
Q1 FY21
Q4 FY20
Q4 FY21
Q3 FY21
Q2 FY21
Q1 FY21
Q4 FY20
Q4 FY21
Q3 FY21
Q2 FY21
Q1 FY21
Q4 FY20
Broadband connections
Copper (no broadband) connections
LFC
Zone
Non-
UFB
Zone
Chorus
UFB Zone
N/C
Change in connections (‘000s) by zone**
>Chorus UFB zone: continued broadband growth driven by
Chorus incentives and migration campaigns. Increased rate of
copper voice disconnections reflects targeted fixed wireless
sales campaigns.
>LFC zone: disconnections continue at consistent rate reflecting
Local Fibre Company and fixed wireless provider activity.
>Non-UFB zone: increasing rural wireless competition as mobile
providers expand wireless coverage and capacity. Fibre
connections now 27k.
12
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
23 August 2021
Financial performance
David Collins, Chief Financial Officer
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
Income statement
23 August 2021
FY21
$m
FY20
$m
Operating revenue947959
Operating expenses(298)(311)
Earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA)
649648
Depreciation and amortisation(425)(402)
Earnings before interest and income tax224246
Net finance expense(152)(173)
Net earnings before income tax7273
Income tax expense(25)(21)
Net earnings for the year4752
>increasing with fibre asset; Crown funding offset
rose from $27m to $29m
>NZ400m bond issued in Dec 2020; average
interest rate on debt was 4.16%
>post COVID-19 market conditions and overall
reduction in connections
>tight cost management and no direct COVID-19
costs, partly offset by $2m restructuring costs
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
14
>prior year included one-off benefit from
reinstatement of building depreciation
23 August 2021
FY21
$m
FY20
$m
Fibre broadband (GPON)477393
Copper based broadband203271
Copper based voice6882
Fibre premium (P2P)6873
Field Services6265
Value added network
services
3029
Infrastructure2724
Data services copper916
Other36
Total947959
copper revenues declining as customers migrate to Chorus fibre or
competing fibre/wireless networks
>growing fibre uptake and ARPU: June FY21 $49.87 vs June FY20 $48.42*
>direct fibre and backhaul growth helping offset legacy churn
Revenue
>ongoing reduction as customers transition to cheaper fibre services
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
15
*FY20 ARPU adjusted to exclude COVID-19 related industry credits. ARPU is total GPON
revenue for the June month, divided by the average of May and June connections
>reduced demand for chargeable maintenance and installation activity
>change in lease arrangement for retailers’ use of Chorus buildings
>FY20 included one-off favourable $3m settlement
Indicative FY21 FFLASrevenue $556m based onInput Methodologies(59% of total revenue vs FY20 49%)
>6% reduction in staff numbers, including $2m restructuring costs; FY20
included ~$4m COVID costs
>a ‘normal’ year with unfavourable weather and no COVID-19 restrictions on
activity
>higher pole testing and property optimisation costs; FY20 included $5m
COVID-19 sercosupport payments
23 August 2021
FY21
$m
FY20
$m
Labour 7480
Network maintenance6364
IT4847
Other network costs2929
Rent, rates and property
maintenance
2425
Electricity1815
Regulatory levies87
Provisioning25
Consultants79
Insurance43
Other2127
Total298311
Expenses
>new levy for BBM implementation
>high electricity prices offsetting reduced consumption
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
16
>lower advertising spend and adjustments to doubtful debt provision
>copper related activity reducing
Indicative FY21 FFLASexpenditure $158mbased on Chorus’ MarchInitial Asset Valueand May Expenditure
proposals(53% of total expenditure vs FY20 47%)
▪fibre maintenance increasing as share of connections grows, but
fault rate is lower on fibre
▪copper fault volumes reducing although FY21 featured more
adverse weather events and less COVID-19 disruption to field
activity
▪non-UFB zone copper spend stable ~$20m p.a.
▪long run annual saving from full copper to fibre migration in
Chorus UFB areas estimated at ~$10m p.afor fixed fault costs
23 August 2021
Reactive maintenance: Chorus network
Key drivers for $58m spend
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
FibreCopper - fixedCopper -
variable
Reactive spend by type
FY19FY20FY21
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Chorus UFB Non UFB LFC UFB
Copper -reactive spend by area
Note:
▪reactive maintenance excludesspend on proactive maintenance and
customer networks (i.e. premises wiring, no fault found, cancellations)
▪‘fixed’ faults: occur in parts of the network that affect multiple customers
(e.g. cable between exchange and cabinet)
▪‘variable’ faults: only affect one customer (e.g. cable on customer property)
$m
$m
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
17
>growing as fibre uptake increases and the asset ages
23 August 2021
FY21 gross capex $672m vs FY20 $663m
FibrecapexFY21
$m
FY20
$m
UFB communal147170
Fibre installations & layer 2275282
Fibre products & systems1414
Other fibre & growth*9154
Fibre sustain*118
Customer retention costs2920
Subtotal567548
>all for UFB2 rollout (FY20:$145m for UFB2)
>greenfieldsspend of $47m (FY20: $42m) and West Coast fibre project
costs of $32m
>increased market activity and not affected by COVID-19 as in FY20
(FY19:$29m)
>172,000 installations (FY20:167,000), including 44,000 UFB2
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
18
Fibre communal and installations capex reducing
*previously reported together as ‘Other fibre connections & growth’
23 August 2021
FY21 Capex: Fibre installations & layer 2
Fibre installations & layer 2 capexFY21 spendFY20 spend
Layer 2$31m$31m
Premium business fibre installations$8m: 1,300 installations$10m: 1,400 installations
Single dwelling units and apartments installations$192m: 172,000 installations
(FY21 estimate: 170k-190k)
$173m: 167,000 installations
(FY20 estimate: 160k-180k)
Backbonebuild: multi-dwelling units and rightsof way$44m: 7,000 completed
(FY21 estimate: 7,000)
$68m: 11,000 completed
(FY20 estimate: 11,000)
TOTAL SPEND$275m$282m
▪Cost per UFB1 premises connected (CPPC): $1,055* vs $1,025 -$1,175 guidance (FY20: $1,022*)
▪Cost per UFB2 premises connected (CPPC): $1,217* vs $1,200 -$1,350 guidance (FY20: not reported)
* excludes layer 2 and includes standard installations, some non-standard single dwellings and service desk costs
Installations capex of $275m vs FY21 guidance of $285m-$305m
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
19
23 August 2021
FY21 Capex: Copper and Common
CommoncapexFY21
$m
FY20
$m
Informationtechnology4643
Building& engineering services1417
Subtotal6060
CoppercapexFY21
$m
FY20
$m
Network sustain2931
Copperconnections11
Copper layer247
Customer retention costs1116
Subtotal4555
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
20
>up to $1.33 billion CIP financing
available by 2023 (57:43 equity/debt)
>$1,189m drawn at 30 June 2021
>At 30 June, debt of $2,339m comprised:
▪Long term bank facilities of $350m ($140m drawn)
▪NZ bonds: $400m and $500m
▪Euro Medium Term Notes $1,299m (NZ$ equivalent at hedged rates)
NZ
$M
23 August 2021
200
500
200
785
514
85
86
128
163
20
39
46
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
CIP debt securities available
Face value of CIP debt securities issued
EUR EMTN
NZ Bond
Crown financing and debt profile
462462
265
41
105
U F B 1
E Q U I T Y
U F B 1 D E B TU F B 2 / 2 +
E Q U I T Y
U F B 2 / 2 +
D E B T
drawnundrawn
NZ
$M
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
21
23 August 2021
Gearing & Credit Rating Metrics
As at
30 June 2021
$m
Borrowings2,339
+ PV of CIP debt
securities (senior)
198
+ Net leases payable264
Sub total2,801
-Cash53
Total net debt2,748
Net debt/EBITDA*4.24 times
>S&PND/EBITDA threshold 4.25xon a sustained basis
>Moody’sintend to review 4.2xthreshold once there is
further clarity on regulatory framework
>Financial covenants require senior debt ratio to be no
greater than 4.75 times
>The Board considers that a ‘BBB’ credit rating or
equivalent credit rating is appropriate for a company
such as Chorus.
*based on S&P and bank covenant methodologies
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
22
23 August 2021
▪supplementary dividend of 2.56 cps payable to non-resident shareholders
▪record date: 14 September 2021
▪payment date: 12 October 2021
▪Dividend Reinvestment Plan applies with 2% discount to prevailing market price; open to New
Zealand and Australian resident shareholders
14.5cps, fully imputed
FY21 final dividend
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
23
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
24
Regulatory outcomes not yet certain
MAR?
Cost
allocation?
Initial
asset
value?
Depreciation
profiling?
RP1
wash
-up?
>WACC is the only key parameter confirmed to date = 4.52% post
tax for first regulatory period (RP1)
>Draft RAB of $5.427bn below our conservative proposal of $5.5bn
and has implications for MAR
>Chorus has made strong submissions challenging draft MAR
decision cuts to opexand capex
>trajectory for UFB communal and fibre
installation capital expenditure remains
consistent with our FY20 view
23 August 2021
FY22 Guidance: Gross Capex $550m to $590m
>Fibre $435m-$465m
▪includes ~$20m for West Coast fibre project (largely
government funded)
▪$80m-$90m spend for UFB2 communal (no change to
programme guidance $548m-$568m)
▪$230m-$250m fibre connections & layer 2
▪(based on mass market 125,000 –145,000 fibre
connections, 6,000 –7,000 backbone builds and
including service desk costs)
▪UFB1 CPPC $1,025 -$1,175*
▪UFB2 CPPC $1,200 -$1,350*
*excluding layer 2 and including standard installations and some
non-standard single dwellings and service desk costs
>Copper $35m-$55m
>Common $60m-$75m
•includes exchange upgrades/strengthening
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
25
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
FY20FY21FY22*FY23FY24
Communal spend
Installation & layer 2 spend
$m
*based on midpoint of FY22 guidance and regulatory proposals
23 August 2021
Transition to new dividend policy commenced
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
26
>policy based on a majority pay-out range of free
cashflow
>free cash flowdefined as net cash flows from
operating activities minus sustaining capex
>dividend levels through the transition period will
reflect the following considerations:
•maintenance of a BBB credit rating
•UFB related capital expenditure remains
elevated initially, reducing as the UFB rollout
winds down (ends Dec 2022)
•fibreinstallation spend tapers off gradually,
subject to ongoing demand and timing of
copper migration in selected areas
•copper capex declinesas connections reduce
>sustaining capex of $180m in FY21
>non-sustaining capex comprised:
▪UFB communal $147m
▪Fibre installations $244m
▪Greenfield growth* $50m
▪Customer retention$18m
▪West Coast fibre rollout*$32m
▪EdgeCentre$1m
non-sustaining$492m
>sustaining capex expected to be ~$200m
(midpoint within a range) as fibre sustaining
capex grows and copper capex declines
*majority funded by third party contributions
▪dividend temporarilyconstrained by high
UFBnon-sustaining capex
▪significant regulatory uncertainties remain
until December 2021
▪wetherefore expect to provide further detail
on dividend outlook, including expected pay-
out range, in February 2022, following
finalisation of key regulatory outputs
▪expectation of future growth in free cashflow,
as non-sustaining capex reduces is unchanged
▪we expect the April 2022 interim dividend will
be fully imputed, followed by unimputed
dividends for the short to medium term
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
27
FY22 Initial Dividend Guidance & EBITDA
Initial dividend guidance: 26cps
subject to no material changes in
regulatory or competitive outlook
EBITDA guidance: $640m to $660m
subject to no material changes in regulatory
or competitive outlook
▪no specific allowance made for a scenario of
extendedCOVID-19 relatedlockdowns, given
currenthighlevel of uncertainty
FY22. A broadband crossroads
JB Rousselot, Chief Executive Officer
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
29
Lockdown underlines value of network capacity
>Significant investment in
capacity: headroom of 4.5Tbps
▪record peak of 3.75Tbps on 21
st
Aug, 33% higher than pre-
lockdown levels
▪March 2020 lockdown peak was
3.03Tbps
▪we are monitoring key network
links and working closely with
retailers
30
FY22 strategy
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
31
Winning in fibre
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
20000
40000
60000
80000
100000
120000
140000
160000
180000
FY18FY19FY20FY21
1 Gigabit uptake
Connections% of mass market
%
Peak time traffic up 28% in FY21
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
32
Transparency matters for consumers
67%
33%
62%
38%
1 gigabit
Top 3 RSPs
Other RSPs
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
33
Diversifying retail market
Smaller RSPs continue to grow share in fibre
76%
24%
71%
29%
All Chorus fibre (GPON)
June 2020June 2021
June 2021June 2020
23 August 2021
Develop long term future of the business
Becoming a more adaptive organisation
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
34
>organisation showing strong resilience as we shift from build to
operate with engagement steady at 8.5
>agile practices embedded in technology function
>now extending adaptive practices –design thinking, iterative trials –
to specific programmes of work:
▪regulatory readiness
▪product simplification
>working with our service companies to co-design requirements for
new contracts to apply from March 2022
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
35
Optimising our network
>Reducing our network footprint
▪36 property/lease sites exited (FY20: 20 sites)
▪exploring subdivision opportunities
▪site upgrades reducing reliance on leased Spark exchange space
>First trial of copper cabinet exits concludes in October
▪just 80 services remaining to disconnect across first batch of 28
cabinets
▪withdrawal notices issued across ~180 cabinets to date
▪subject to trial results, by end of 2021 we expect to issue notices
across ~400 cabinets with few remaining customers
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
36
Growing new revenues
▪strong growth in small business uptake from 3k to 26k
▪new peering and backhaul products enhancing competition
▪8Gbps Hyperfibrelaunched in select CBDs
▪consulting on more EdgeCentrespace in Auckland
▪smart connections growing but slowed by COVID impacts
▪limited uptake of Wi-Fi ONT to date
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
37
Fibre enables sustainability
▪transition to fibre expected to reduce electricity consumption 30-40%
▪target: 80% carbon emissions reduction (scope 1 & 2) from FY12 level by 2030
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
38
Will consumers realise fibre’s full potential?
Regulatory outcomes should incentivise investment
>Fibre consumers will benefit from ongoing investment if the Commission’s final
determinations provide for:
▪a smooth transition into the new regime that drives Chorus to add more connections at higher
speeds
▪sufficient opexand capex to let Chorus meet the demands of consumers and retailers
▪the abilitytocontinueouractivewholesaler strategy
▪recognition of the full cost of building our UFB network and a fair return on the public-private
partnership investment made to build it over the last decade
This should be underpinned by retail regulation that provides stronger consumer protections and
better information about broadband technologies.
23 August 2021
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
39
The world’s best
broadband is only
getting better
▪871,000 connections on fibre
▪140,000 more consumers can switch fibre on today
▪and another 280,000 with fibre at their gate
▪fibre products continue to evolve...8Gbps.....25Gbps
▪Wi-Fi 6E will help consumers make even more of fibre
0
200,000
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
1,400,000
30-Jun-2030-Sep-2031-Dec-2031-Mar-2130-Jun-21
23 August 2021
30 June
2020
30 Sept
2020
31 Dec
2020
31 March
2021
30 June
2021
Unbundled copper
(no broadband)
15,00014,00013,00011,00010,000
Baseband copper
(no broadband)
179,000169,000159,000150,000137,000
Copper ADSL
(includes naked)
245,000218,000197,000180,000163,000
VDSL
(includes naked)
221,000202,000184,000170,000157,000
Fibre broadband
(GPON)
740,000773,000802,000831,000860,000
Data services
(copper)
4,0003,0003,0003,0002,000
Fibre premium
(P2P)
11,00011,00011,00011,00011,000
Total connections
1,415,0001,390,0001,369,0001,356,0001,340,000
Fibre (GPON)
VDSL
Copper ADSL
Unbundled copper
Baseband copper
>1,180,000 broadband connections comprises:
▪860,000 fibre (GPON) connections
▪320,000 VDSL/ADSL (copper) connections
Business premium
Note: 10,000 partly subsidisededucation connections are excluded
from this data
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
40
Appendix A: Connection and market trends
-
200,000
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
1,400,000
1,600,000
1,800,000
2,000,000
Q1 2013Q2 2013Q3 2013Q4 2013Q1 2014Q2 2014Q3 2014Q4 2014Q1 2015Q2 2015Q3 2015Q4 2015Q1 2016Q2 2016Q3 2016Q4 2016Q1 2017Q2 2017Q3 2017Q4 2017Q1 2018Q2 2018Q3 2018Q4 2018Q1 2019Q2 2019Q3 2019Q4 2019Q1 2020Q2 2020Q3 2020Q4 2020Q1 2021
Broadband uptake by retailer (all technology)
SparkVodafoneOrconVocus2degreesTrustpowerROM
Source: IDCSource: IDC
-
200,000
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
1,400,000
1,600,000
1,800,000
2,000,000
Q1 2013Q2 2013Q3 2013Q4 2013Q1 2014Q2 2014Q3 2014Q4 2014Q1 2015Q2 2015Q3 2015Q4 2015Q1 2016Q2 2016Q3 2016Q4 2016Q1 2017Q2 2017Q3 2017Q4 2017Q1 2018Q2 2018Q3 2018Q4 2018Q1 2019Q2 2019Q3 2019Q4 2019Q1 2020Q2 2020Q3 2020Q4 2020Q1 2021
NZ broadband market –by technology
Chorus xDSLChorus mass market fibreChorus premium fibre
Local fibre companies (UFB)Other fibre networksOther xDSL
Vodafone cableFixed (mobile) wirelessLegacy fixed wireless, satellite
Connectionandmarkettrends
41
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
23 August 2021
Capital allocation framework driven by shareholder value
Net cash flow from operating activities
Sustaining capital
expenditure
Dividend
distribution
Surplus
capital
>Transition from FY22 to dividend distribution based on pay-
out range of free cash flow to reflect:
▪a focus on providing shareholders with dividend predictability,
stability and sustainable growth
▪comparable Australasian infrastructure and utility-like
businesses that pay out the majority of FCF
▪robust management of sustaining capital expenditure
>Transition driven by reductions innon-sustaining capex,
mainly UFB build & installations
▪dividend levels & surplus capital temporarily constrained by
credit rating thresholds
>Future surplus capital after dividend to be allocated based
on maximising shareholder value, and guided by:
▪debt levels consistent with existing credit rating, noting potential
re-gearing from any relaxation of rating thresholds
▪discretionary capex will only be pursued where:
•greater shareholder value is created compared to share buy
backs and/or additional dividends; and
•regulatory incentives are appropriate (e.g.regulatory WACC
vs Chorus WACC)
Discretionary
capex *
Additional
dividends
Share buy
backs
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
42
*Examples include fibre footprint expansion, greenfield connections & customer retention spend
Appendix B:
>$180m sustaining capex in FY21 vs FY20:$186m (see
table on right)
>chart (below) shows proposed regulated fibre capex for
RP1 (calendar years) as per our general definition of
sustaining vs non-sustaining:
▪see 17 December 2020 presentation slide 12 for more detail on
regulatory categories
▪is net of capital contributions, excludes FFLAS in LFC areas and
includes regulatory inflation
▪actual RP1 spend subject to regulatory outcomes
23 August 2021
Sustaining capex
Fibrecapex: sustainingFY21 $mFY20 $m
Layer 23131
Fibre products & systems1114
Other fibre1112
Fibre sustain118
Customer retention costs*117
Subtotal7572
Coppercapex: sustainingFY21 $mFY20 $m
Network sustain2931
Copperconnections11
Copper layer247
Customer retention costs*1115
Subtotal4554
Commoncapex: sustainingFY21 $mFY20 $m
Informationtechnology4643
Building& engineering services1417
Subtotal6060
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
43
*Relates to provisioning, systems and service desk costs
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
202220232024
Proposed regulatory fibre capex
SustainingNon-sustaining
$m
23 August 2021
Crown financing
FY21 FULL YEAR RESULT
44
▪CIP equity securities
•unique class of security with no right to vote at
shareholder meetings, but entitle the holder to a
right to repayment preference on liquidation
•an increasing portion of the securities will attract
dividend payments from 30 June 2025 onwards
•the dividend rate is based on 180 day NZ bank bill
rate, plus 6% p.a. margin
•may be redeemed at any time by cash payment of
total issue price or the issue of Chorus shares (at a
5% discount to the 20-day VWAP for Chorus
shares)
▪CIP debt securities
•unsecured, non-interest bearing and carry no voting
rights at shareholder meetings
•Chorus is required to redeem the securities in
tranches from 30 June 2025 to 2036 by repaying
the issue price to the holder
Debt
securities
maturity
profile
30 June
2025
30 June
2030
30 June
2033
30 June
2036TOTAL
UFB1 & 2$85.3m$104.7m$166.7m$210.2m$566.9m
Equity
securities
subject to
paying
dividends
(cumulative)
30 June
2025
30 June
2030
30 June
2033
30 June
2036TOTAL
UFB1 & 2$85.3m$197.1m$377.7m$766.4m$766.4m
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- NZX — NZX Limited: NZX H1 2021 Results & Interim Report Published2021-08-25
“Corporate directory Getting in touch NZX Interim Report 2021 38 Board of Directors James Miller (Chair) Frank Aldridge Nigel Babbage Richard Bodman Elaine Campbell John McMahon Lindsay Wright Chief Executive Officer Mark Peterson Chief Financial Officer Graham Law General Counsel…”
- HLG — Hallenstein Glasson Holdings Limited: HLG Full Year Results for the period ending 1 August 20212021-09-29
“New Zealand Stock Exchange Listing Rules Disclosure Full Year Report For the year ending 1 August 2021 Contents Press Release Results Announcement Audited Financial Statements & Audit Report --- Results announcement Results for announcement to the market…”
- IPR — Iperion Limited: Preliminary Announcement – Year Ended 31 March 20212021-05-31
“SOUTHERN CHARTER FINANCIAL GROUP LIMITED 1 31 May 2021 NZX Market Announcement: Southern Charter Financial Group (NZX: SNC) Preliminary Full Year Announcement to the Market Unaudited result for the year ended 31 March 2021 The Board of Southern Charter Financial G…”